diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2018-07-26 21:44:25 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2018-07-26 21:44:25 +0000 |
| commit | 6ed35acfc66d112e7acdf13daf38cb1244f97008 (patch) | |
| tree | edc28dd58a499c524f7bbf69a78c7dc39f9a4384 /Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra | |
| parent | 4c1378dcd7835008b7c4455b2d9ebfb7582805af (diff) | |
glossaries-extra (26jul18)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@48279 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra')
54 files changed, 2709 insertions, 2641 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES index 87a870836b3..e37825e0317 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +1.33 (2018-07-26): + + * glossaries-extra.sty: + + - bug fix: added check for existence in \ifglsused + 1.32 (2018-05-24): * glossaries-extra.sty: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README index 1396f08e46b..0df9b484ea6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.32 +LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.33 -Last Modified : 2018-05-24 +Last Modified : 2018-07-26 Author : Nicola Talbot diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf Binary files differindex af21c9980fb..88600c7f62e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html index 2442dc1fe7d..59c0339ac2b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ a span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{text-decoration:none;} > <!--l. 236--><p class="noindent" > </p><!--l. 236--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.32: an extension to the</span> +class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.33: an extension to the</span> <span class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span> </p> @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table> </div> <!--l. 236--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-12">2018-05-24</span></p></div> +class="cmr-12">2018-07-26</span></p></div> <div class="abstract" > @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ href="#sec:entryfmtmods" id="QQ2-1-8">Entry Display Style Modifications</a></spa <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.4 <a href="#sec:entrycountmods" id="QQ2-1-9">Entry Counting Modifications</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.5 <a -href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-10">Unsetting the First Use Flag</a></span> +href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-10">First Use Flag</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.6 <a href="#plurals" id="QQ2-1-11">Plurals</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.7 <a @@ -1157,11 +1157,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a </p><!--l. 657--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span +class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a + id="dx1-4053"></a> will just display ?? with <a +href="#styopt.undefaction"><span +class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a + id="dx1-4054"></a> if the entry + hasn’t been defined. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.indexcrossrefs"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">indexcrossrefs</span><a - id="dx1-4053"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4055"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. If <span class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index any cross-referenced entries that haven’t been marked as used at the end of the @@ -1170,66 +1178,66 @@ class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index any class="cmss-10">false</span>, but it will be automatically switched on if you use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4054"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4056"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-4055"></a> keys + id="dx1-4057"></a> keys in any entries (unless <a href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4056"></a>). To force it off, even if you + id="dx1-4058"></a>). To force it off, even if you use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4057"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4059"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-4058"></a> key, you need to explicitly set <a + id="dx1-4060"></a> key, you need to explicitly set <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-4059"></a> to + id="dx1-4061"></a> to <span class="cmss-10">false</span>. - <!--l. 671--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a - id="dx1-4060"></a><a + <!--l. 674--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a + id="dx1-4062"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4061"></a></a> can automatically find dependent entries when it + id="dx1-4063"></a></a> can automatically find dependent entries when it parses the <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>source file. The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-4062"></a> option automatically implements + id="dx1-4064"></a> option automatically implements <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4063"></a>. + id="dx1-4065"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.autoseeindex"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">autoseeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4064"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4066"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> (New to v1.16.) This is a boolean option. If true (default), this makes the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4065"></a> and <span + id="dx1-4067"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-4066"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry + id="dx1-4068"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry is defined. If false, the value of those keys will still be stored in their corresponding fields (and can be accessed using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso</span>) but cross-reference won’t be automatically indexed. - <!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a + <!--l. 688--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4067"></a> option automatically implements <a + id="dx1-4069"></a> option automatically implements <a href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4068"></a>. - </p><!--l. 688--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as + id="dx1-4070"></a>. + </p><!--l. 691--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as @@ -1237,7 +1245,7 @@ class="cmss-10">=false</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> \newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={},see={bar,baz}} </div> - <!--l. 691--><p class="nopar" > then with <span + <!--l. 694--><p class="nopar" > then with <span class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=true</span>, this is equivalent to @@ -1249,7 +1257,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=true</span>, this is equivalent to  <br />\glossariesextrasetup{indexcrossrefs=true}  <br />\GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz} </div> - <!--l. 698--><p class="nopar" > but with <span + <!--l. 701--><p class="nopar" > but with <span class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=false</span>, this is equivalent to @@ -1259,19 +1267,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=false</span>, this is equivalent to \newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={}}  <br />\GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz} </div> - <!--l. 703--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a + <!--l. 706--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-4069"></a> isn’t automatically implemented by the presence of the + id="dx1-4071"></a> isn’t automatically implemented by the presence of the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4070"></a> key when <a + id="dx1-4072"></a> key when <a href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-4071"></a> is false. - </p><!--l. 708--><p class="noindent" >It’s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and + id="dx1-4073"></a> is false. + </p><!--l. 711--><p class="noindent" >It’s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and set their position within the glossary style. - </p><!--l. 711--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries + </p><!--l. 714--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries before the external indexing files have been opened with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Since the appropriate file isn’t open, the information can’t be written to it. @@ -1283,25 +1291,25 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) to <a id="styopt.record"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">record</span><a - id="dx1-4072"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4074"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to v1.08.) This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option provided for the benefit of <a - id="dx1-4073"></a><a + id="dx1-4075"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4074"></a></a> (see <a + id="dx1-4076"></a></a> (see <a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). - <!--l. 722--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can’t be used after + <!--l. 725--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can’t be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. If the value is missing <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4075"></a> is assumed. + id="dx1-4077"></a> is assumed. Permitted values: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span @@ -1314,14 +1322,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. This setting href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=error</span><a - id="dx1-4076"></a>. + id="dx1-4078"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </dt><dd class="description">The indexing is performed by <a - id="dx1-4077"></a><span + id="dx1-4079"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4078"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-4080"></a> (see <a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: @@ -1333,18 +1341,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>is permitted. This setting imp href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-4079"></a> and automatically loads the supplementary + id="dx1-4081"></a> and automatically loads the supplementary <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4080"></a> package. (There should be no need to explicitly + id="dx1-4082"></a> package. (There should be no need to explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4081"></a>.) - <!--l. 737--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span + id="dx1-4083"></a>.) + <!--l. 740--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>). - </p><!--l. 740--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span + </p><!--l. 743--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): @@ -1355,57 +1363,57 @@ class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):  <br />bib2gls myDoc  <br />pdflatex myDoc </div> - <!--l. 746--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 748--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a + <!--l. 749--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 751--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4082"></a> will prevent the <span + id="dx1-4084"></a> will prevent the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4083"></a> from automatically + id="dx1-4085"></a> from automatically implementing <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>. (<a - id="dx1-4084"></a><a + id="dx1-4086"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4085"></a></a> deals with the <span + id="dx1-4087"></a></a> deals with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4086"></a> field.) You + id="dx1-4088"></a> field.) You may explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>in the document, but <a - id="dx1-4087"></a><span + id="dx1-4089"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4088"></a> will + id="dx1-4090"></a> will ignore the cross-reference if the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4089"></a> field was already set for that + id="dx1-4091"></a> field was already set for that entry. - </p><!--l. 754--><p class="noindent" >The <a + </p><!--l. 757--><p class="noindent" >The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4090"></a> option will automatically set the <span + id="dx1-4092"></a> option will automatically set the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <a href="#styopt.sort"><span class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=none</span><a - id="dx1-4091"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to + id="dx1-4093"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.30.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </dt><dd class="description">This is a hybrid setting that uses <a - id="dx1-4092"></a><span + id="dx1-4094"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4093"></a> to fetch entry information + id="dx1-4095"></a> to fetch entry information from <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files, but uses <a - id="dx1-4094"></a><a + id="dx1-4096"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4095"></a><a + id="dx1-4097"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary files. This option should be used with <span @@ -1414,33 +1422,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>but not <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. You may need to change the transcript file used by <a - id="dx1-4096"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4097"></a> to avoid a clash with the transcript file used by <a id="dx1-4098"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-4099"></a> to avoid a clash with the transcript file used by <a + id="dx1-4100"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> or <a - id="dx1-4099"></a><span + id="dx1-4101"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. (This can be done with <a - id="dx1-4100"></a><span + id="dx1-4102"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4101"></a>’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-4103"></a>’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--log-file</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">-t</span></span></span> option.) - <!--l. 770--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span + <!--l. 773--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>). This option is expected to be used with <a - id="dx1-4102"></a><span + id="dx1-4104"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4103"></a>’s + id="dx1-4105"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>setting and so <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4104"></a> is not automatically + id="dx1-4106"></a> is not automatically loaded. - </p><!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span + </p><!--l. 778--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): @@ -1453,16 +1461,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):  <br />makeglossaries myDoc  <br />pdflatex myDoc </div> - <!--l. 783--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl> - <!--l. 786--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a + <!--l. 786--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl> + <!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4105"></a> or <a + id="dx1-4107"></a> or <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a - id="dx1-4106"></a>), any of the commands + id="dx1-4108"></a>), any of the commands that would typically index the entry (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span @@ -1470,10 +1478,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) will add a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record </span>entry to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. <a - id="dx1-4107"></a><a + id="dx1-4109"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4108"></a></a> can then + id="dx1-4110"></a></a> can then read these lines to find out which entries have been used. (Remember that commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>don’t index, so any use of these @@ -1489,22 +1497,22 @@ href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib <a id="styopt.indexcounter"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">indexcounter</span><a - id="dx1-4109"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4111"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn’t take a value) is primarily intended for use with <a - id="dx1-4110"></a><span + id="dx1-4112"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4111"></a> (v1.4+) and <span + id="dx1-4113"></a> (v1.4+) and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-4112"></a>. It can be used + id="dx1-4114"></a>. It can be used with <a - id="dx1-4113"></a><a + id="dx1-4115"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4114"></a><a + id="dx1-4116"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> but it will interfere with the <a - id="dx1-4115"></a><a + id="dx1-4117"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> collation, so you won’t have ranges and you’ll have duplicate page numbers present (but each page number will link to the relevant part of the page @@ -1513,26 +1521,26 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> href="#styopt.counter"><span class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4116"></a>. - <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span + id="dx1-4118"></a>. + <!--l. 808--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4117"></a> and adding <span + id="dx1-4119"></a> and adding <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a - id="dx1-4118"></a>. This can + id="dx1-4120"></a>. This can cause a problem if the indexing occurs in an <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-4119"></a><a - id="dx1-4120"></a> environment as <span + id="dx1-4121"></a><a + id="dx1-4122"></a> environment as <span class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a - id="dx1-4121"></a> + id="dx1-4123"></a> forbids multiple occurrences of <span class="cmtt-10">\label </span>(resulting in the “Multiple <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span>’s” error). It’s best to change the counter to <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-4122"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4124"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-4123"></a> when in maths mode + id="dx1-4125"></a> when in maths mode with this option. For example: @@ -1544,22 +1552,22 @@ class="cmss-10">equation</span><a  <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%  <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi} </div> - <!--l. 818--><p class="nopar" > </div> - </p><!--l. 819--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 821--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span + <!--l. 821--><p class="nopar" > </div> + </p><!--l. 822--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 824--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-4124"></a>), the page numbers in <a - id="dx1-4125"></a><a + id="dx1-4126"></a>), the page numbers in <a + id="dx1-4127"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number lists</a> link back to the top of the relevant page (provided the format uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span>). The <a href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-4126"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where + id="dx1-4128"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where the indexing occurred. It does this by creating a new counter (called <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4127"></a>) + id="dx1-4129"></a>) that’s incremented with <span class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>every time an entry is indexed (but not via cross-referencing commands, such as <span @@ -1570,61 +1578,61 @@ class="cmtt-10">\label </span>is placed class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span>. The location, as seen by the indexing application, is the value of the <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4128"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page + id="dx1-4130"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page reference when <a - id="dx1-4129"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all + id="dx1-4131"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all entries and is incremented every time any indexing occurs, neither <a - id="dx1-4130"></a><a + id="dx1-4132"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> nor <a - id="dx1-4131"></a><a + id="dx1-4133"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> can correctly collate the lists. For example, if the first term to be referenced is indexed three times on page 5 without any intervening terms then the actual locations obtained from <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4132"></a> + id="dx1-4134"></a> will be 1, 2 and 3, which <a - id="dx1-4133"></a><span + id="dx1-4135"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and <a - id="dx1-4134"></a><span + id="dx1-4136"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>will try to form into the range 1–3, but they should actually all simply appear as page 5, whereas it can actually end up with 5–5. Conversely, a range may not be formed where it would naturally occur if just the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-4135"></a> counter was + id="dx1-4137"></a> counter was used. - </p><!--l. 845--><p class="noindent" >Since <a - id="dx1-4136"></a><a + </p><!--l. 848--><p class="noindent" >Since <a + id="dx1-4138"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4137"></a></a> is designed specifically to work with <span + id="dx1-4139"></a></a> is designed specifically to work with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, <a - id="dx1-4138"></a><span + id="dx1-4140"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4139"></a> (v1.4+) will check for <span + id="dx1-4141"></a> (v1.4+) will check for <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4140"></a> locations. If the default + id="dx1-4142"></a> locations. If the default <span class="cmtt-10">--merge-wrglossary-records </span>is on, then any records for the same page for a given entry will be merged. In the above example with three references on page 5, only a single record for page 5 for that entry will be added to the <a - id="dx1-4141"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on + id="dx1-4143"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on that page. Whereas if you use the <span class="cmtt-10">--no-merge-wrglossary-records</span> switch, the <a - id="dx1-4142"></a>number list will contain three instance of page 5, with + id="dx1-4144"></a>number list will contain three instance of page 5, with each linking to the corresponding place on that page. In both cases, consecutive pages can form ranges, but it may look strange in the second case. - </p><!--l. 858--><p class="noindent" >See the <a - id="dx1-4143"></a><span + </p><!--l. 861--><p class="noindent" >See the <a + id="dx1-4145"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4144"></a> documentation for the <span + id="dx1-4146"></a> documentation for the <span class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option for more details. @@ -1634,7 +1642,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option <a id="styopt.docdef"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">docdef</span><a - id="dx1-4145"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4147"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option governs the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a boolean option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of three values (if @@ -1643,10 +1651,10 @@ class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed): <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-4147"></a> is not permitted in the <span + id="dx1-4149"></a> is not permitted in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4148"></a><a - id="dx1-4149"></a> environment + id="dx1-4150"></a><a + id="dx1-4151"></a> environment (default). </li> <li class="itemize"><span @@ -1654,16 +1662,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>behaves as it does in the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. That is, where its use is permitted in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4151"></a><a - id="dx1-4152"></a> environment, it + id="dx1-4153"></a><a + id="dx1-4154"></a> environment, it uses the <span class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>temporary file to store the entry definitions so that on the next <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run the entries are defined at the beginning of the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4153"></a><a - id="dx1-4154"></a> environment. This allows the entry information + id="dx1-4155"></a><a + id="dx1-4156"></a> environment. This allows the entry information to be referenced in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs before <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary is displayed in @@ -1672,31 +1680,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary is dis class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run has drawbacks that are detailed in the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual. - <!--l. 882--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span + <!--l. 885--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>wouldn’t be allowed in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4155"></a><a - id="dx1-4156"></a> environment with the base <span + id="dx1-4157"></a><a + id="dx1-4158"></a> environment with the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, then it still won’t be allowed with <a href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4157"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the + id="dx1-4159"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the end of the document, consider using <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a - id="dx1-4158"></a> instead. + id="dx1-4160"></a> instead. </p></li> <li class="itemize">(new to version 1.06) <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-4160"></a> is permitted in the + id="dx1-4162"></a> is permitted in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4161"></a><a - id="dx1-4162"></a> environment without using the <span + id="dx1-4163"></a><a + id="dx1-4164"></a> environment without using the <span class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file. This means that all entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed, but it avoids the complications associated with saving the entry details @@ -1705,15 +1713,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file. This means class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ mechanism (that is, the comma and equal sign) and any <a - id="dx1-4163"></a><a + id="dx1-4165"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4164"></a><a + id="dx1-4166"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> character that occurs in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-4165"></a> key or label. If any of those characters + id="dx1-4167"></a> key or label. If any of those characters are made active in the document, then it can cause problems with the entry definition. This option will allow <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to @@ -1721,12 +1729,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>, but note that <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>remains a preamble-only command. - <!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been + <!--l. 908--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been defined, an error will occur (or a warning if the <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-4166"></a> + id="dx1-4168"></a> option is used.) If you edit your document and either remove an entry or change its label, you may need to delete the document’s temporary files (such as the <span @@ -1734,19 +1742,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>files). </p> </li></ul> - <!--l. 914--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 917--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>within the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4167"></a><a - id="dx1-4168"></a> + id="dx1-4169"></a><a + id="dx1-4170"></a> environment (when used with <a - id="dx1-4169"></a><span + id="dx1-4171"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <a - id="dx1-4170"></a><span + id="dx1-4172"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>) but the user manual warns against this usage. By default the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package <span @@ -1754,13 +1762,13 @@ class="cmti-10">prohibits </span>this, only allowing definitions within the preamble. If you are really determined to define entries in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4171"></a><a - id="dx1-4172"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you + id="dx1-4173"></a><a + id="dx1-4174"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you can restore this with <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4173"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the + id="dx1-4175"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the prohibitions that the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has in certain circumstances (for example, when using “option 1”). See the <span @@ -1770,14 +1778,14 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual for href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a - id="dx1-4174"></a>. Only use <a + id="dx1-4176"></a>. Only use <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4175"></a> if document definitions + id="dx1-4177"></a> if document definitions are necessary and one or more of the glossaries occurs in the front matter. - </p><!--l. 931--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span + </p><!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the “on-the-fly” commands described in <a @@ -1789,7 +1797,7 @@ href="#sec:onthefly">On-the-Fly Document Definitions<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:onthefly <a id="styopt.nomissingglstext"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nomissingglstext</span><a - id="dx1-4176"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4178"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the warning text that will appear in the document if the external glossary files haven’t been generated due to an incomplete document build. However, it’s probably simpler @@ -1799,21 +1807,21 @@ class="description">This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the wa <a id="styopt.abbreviations"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">abbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-4177"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4179"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option has no value and can’t be cancelled. If used, it will automatically create a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype </span>to this label. In addition, it defines a shortcut command - <!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 951--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printabbreviations</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4178"></a> <span + id="dx1-4180"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printabbreviations[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 950--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 953--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -1822,22 +1830,22 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> The title of the new glossary is given by - <!--l. 956--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 959--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\abbreviationsname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4179"></a> <span + id="dx1-4181"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 958--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" > If this command is already defined, it’s left unchanged. Otherwise it’s defined to “Abbreviations” if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-4180"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span + id="dx1-4182"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-4181"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span + id="dx1-4183"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-4182"></a> it’s likely you + id="dx1-4184"></a> it’s likely you will need to change this. (See <a href="#sec:lang"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a @@ -1846,30 +1854,30 @@ href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a> for furth - </p><!--l. 965--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a + </p><!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-4183"></a> package option, the <span + id="dx1-4185"></a> package option, the <span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span> command won’t be defined (unless it’s defined by an included language file). </div> - </p><!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >If the <a + </p><!--l. 972--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" >If the <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-4184"></a> option is used and the <a + id="dx1-4186"></a> option is used and the <a href="#styopt.acronym"><span class="cmss-10">acronym</span></a><a - id="dx1-4185"></a> option provided by the + id="dx1-4187"></a> option provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package hasn’t been used, then <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-4186"></a> will be set to + id="dx1-4188"></a> will be set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span><a - id="dx1-4187"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span + id="dx1-4189"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-4188"></a> can be added + id="dx1-4190"></a> can be added to the list of abbreviations. If you want acronyms in the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary and other abbreviations in the <span @@ -1884,12 +1892,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">main</span>: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{main} </div> - <!--l. 981--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span + <!--l. 984--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <a href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a - id="dx1-4189"></a> + id="dx1-4191"></a> option (or associated commands) as the abbreviation mechanism is handled differently with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. @@ -1897,13 +1905,13 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. <a id="styopt.symbols"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a - id="dx1-4190"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4192"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is passed to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define - <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 993--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4191"></a> <span + id="dx1-4193"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -1912,7 +1920,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 992--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -1932,7 +1940,7 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-4192"></a> key is set to the ⟨<span + id="dx1-4194"></a> key is set to the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ not the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">symbol</span>⟩ as the symbol will likely contain commands. @@ -1940,19 +1948,19 @@ class="cmti-10">symbol</span>⟩ as the symbol will <a id="styopt.numbers"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a - id="dx1-4193"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4195"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is passed to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define - <!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4194"></a> <span + id="dx1-4196"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1005--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -1975,7 +1983,7 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> <a id="styopt.shortcuts"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a - id="dx1-4195"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4197"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Unlike the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn’t boolean but has multiple values: @@ -1987,11 +1995,11 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option i href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a - id="dx1-4196"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4198"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a - id="dx1-4197"></a>): set the shortcuts provided + id="dx1-4199"></a>): set the shortcuts provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>). Note that the @@ -2007,13 +2015,13 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-4198"></a>. + id="dx1-4200"></a>. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-4199"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span + id="dx1-4201"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>) but uses the <span @@ -2030,11 +2038,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-4200"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4202"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a - id="dx1-4201"></a>): + id="dx1-4203"></a>): set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span @@ -2048,110 +2056,110 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=other</span><a - id="dx1-4202"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut + id="dx1-4204"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut commands for abbreviations or the acronym shortcuts provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The “other” shortcuts are: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newentry</span><a - id="dx1-4203"></a> equivalent to <span + id="dx1-4205"></a> equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-4204"></a> + id="dx1-4206"></a> </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newsym</span><a - id="dx1-4205"></a> equivalent to <span + id="dx1-4207"></a> equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a - id="dx1-4206"></a> (see the <a + id="dx1-4208"></a> (see the <a href="#styopt.symbols"><span class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a - id="dx1-4207"></a> + id="dx1-4209"></a> option). </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newnum</span><a - id="dx1-4208"></a> equivalent to <span + id="dx1-4210"></a> equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a - id="dx1-4209"></a> (see the <a + id="dx1-4211"></a> (see the <a href="#styopt.numbers"><span class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a - id="dx1-4210"></a> + id="dx1-4212"></a> option).</li></ul> </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=all</span><a - id="dx1-4211"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4213"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4212"></a>): implements <a + id="dx1-4214"></a>): implements <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-4213"></a>, + id="dx1-4215"></a>, <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-4214"></a> and <a + id="dx1-4216"></a> and <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=other</span><a - id="dx1-4215"></a>. + id="dx1-4217"></a>. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=none</span><a - id="dx1-4216"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4218"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4217"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut + id="dx1-4219"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut commands (default).</li></ul> - <!--l. 1057--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a + <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><a - id="dx1-4218"></a> option <span + id="dx1-4220"></a> option <span class="cmti-10">within the same option</span> <span class="cmti-10">list </span>will override each other.</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 1061--><p class="indent" > After the <span +<!--l. 1064--><p class="indent" > After the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has been loaded, you can set available options using -</p><!--l. 1063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossariesextrasetup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4219"></a> <span + id="dx1-4221"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1068--><p class="noindent" > The <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-4220"></a> and <a + id="dx1-4222"></a> and <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a - id="dx1-4221"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally, + id="dx1-4223"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally, <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a - id="dx1-4222"></a> can’t be used after <span + id="dx1-4224"></a> can’t be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-4223"></a>. + id="dx1-4225"></a>. </p> -<!--l. 1070--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1073--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 1073--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a id="sec:modifications"></a>Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles</h2> -</p><!--l. 1073--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1076--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-5001"></a> which may be used in the <span @@ -2160,12 +2168,12 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a to suppress the post-description hook. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another command -</p><!--l. 1077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-5003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1079--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" > which has a similar function but only suppresses the post-description punctuation. It doesn’t suppress the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>which allows the use of @@ -2177,12 +2185,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>not before.) The post-description hook can counter-act the effect of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span> using -</p><!--l. 1088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-5004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1093--><p class="noindent" > These commands have no effect outside of the glossary (except with standalone entries that use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span>and <span @@ -2191,16 +2199,16 @@ href="#sec:glossentry"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.3 </a><a href="#sec:glossentry">Standalone Entry Items<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glossentry --></a>). -</p><!--l. 1095--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1098--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides -</p><!--l. 1096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseeitemformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-5005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1098--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1101--><p class="noindent" > to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-5006"></a> key or <span @@ -2239,7 +2247,7 @@ as:  <br /> \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsaccesstext{#1}}{\glsaccessname{#1}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1117--><p class="nopar" > If you want to restore the <span +<!--l. 1120--><p class="nopar" > If you want to restore the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do: @@ -2248,8 +2256,8 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 1121--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1123--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span +<!--l. 1124--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1126--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to automatically produce an error if an entry is undefined (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a @@ -2258,7 +2266,7 @@ href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><a id="dx1-5012"></a> option into account. -</p><!--l. 1127--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1130--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a id="dx1-5013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -2276,18 +2284,18 @@ href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for furt check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package omits this check.) -</p><!--l. 1136--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with: -</p><!--l. 1137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1139--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with: +</p><!--l. 1140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\provideignoredglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-5015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1139--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1142--><p class="noindent" > which will only define the glossary if it doesn’t already exist. This also has a starred version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks. -</p><!--l. 1144--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span +</p><!--l. 1147--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-5016"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a @@ -2330,7 +2338,7 @@ class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a id="dx1-5022"></a> key in commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.</li></ul> -<!--l. 1167--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 1170--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span @@ -2363,7 +2371,7 @@ href="#sec:see"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for further details.</li></ul> -<!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span +<!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a mixture of <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a @@ -2380,7 +2388,7 @@ file for testing <a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-5031"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 1186--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1189--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12) that doesn’t automatically insert @@ -2390,8 +2398,8 @@ that doesn’t automatically insert <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> \leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc </div> -<!--l. 1190--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field. -</p><!--l. 1192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 1193--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field. +</p><!--l. 1195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-5032"></a> <span @@ -2404,19 +2412,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" > The <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a id="dx1-5033"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1198--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes +</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses: -</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1204--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-5034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" > This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the <span class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example: @@ -2427,9 +2435,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip} </div> -<!--l. 1209--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t +<!--l. 1212--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t suppress the post-description hook. -</p><!--l. 1213--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span +</p><!--l. 1216--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-5035"></a> package’s treatment of the <span @@ -2448,10 +2456,10 @@ of this command sets the description’s plural form to the same as the singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-5039f1"></a> -</p><!--l. 1228--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span +</p><!--l. 1231--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span> to the description’s plural form. -</p><!--l. 1231--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1234--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a id="dx1-5045"></a> command (defined through the <a href="#styopt.index"><span @@ -2468,16 +2476,16 @@ href="#sec:abbreviations"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>3 </a><a href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 1237--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1240--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument. -</p><!--l. 1238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-5049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1240--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" > If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is empty, <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the @@ -2485,7 +2493,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that need processing with an external indexing application. -</p><!--l. 1246--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a +</p><!--l. 1249--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a @@ -2500,21 +2508,21 @@ href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=off</span><a id="dx1-5052"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1251--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span +</p><!--l. 1254--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ and <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.) -</p><!--l. 1256--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 1259--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩, you can’t define entries in the document (even with the <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a id="dx1-5053"></a> option). </div> -</p><!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1261--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a +</p><!--l. 1262--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1264--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a id="dx1-5054"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of @@ -2533,16 +2541,16 @@ class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a id="dx1-5057"></a> option. </p> -<!--l. 1267--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1270--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3> -<!--l. 1270--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span +<!--l. 1273--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>where the mandatory argument is a comma-separated list of labels: -</p><!--l. 1273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1276--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddeach</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-6001"></a> <span @@ -2551,7 +2559,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1278--><p class="noindent" > This simply iterates over ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ and does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[</span>⟨<span @@ -2560,7 +2568,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each entry in the list. -</p><!--l. 1279--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1282--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span @@ -2620,13 +2628,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this opti settings (such as <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a id="dx1-6011"></a>). - <!--l. 1309--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using - </p><!--l. 1310--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 1312--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using + </p><!--l. 1313--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-6012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1312--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1315--><p class="noindent" > which is defined as: @@ -2643,15 +2651,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>  <br /> }%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 1324--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional - </p><!--l. 1326--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 1327--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional + </p><!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-6013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1328--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1331--><p class="noindent" > which is used to determine where to perform the indexing. - </p><!--l. 1331--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a + </p><!--l. 1334--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a id="dx1-6014"></a> attribute to <span @@ -2722,7 +2730,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span>. For <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> \glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{hyperoutside}{false} </div> - <!--l. 1358--><p class="nopar" > will set <span + <!--l. 1361--><p class="nopar" > will set <span class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=false </span>for all entries that are assigned to the category <span class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and @@ -2733,7 +2741,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> \glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{textformat}{mathrel} </div> - <!--l. 1363--><p class="nopar" > will use <span + <!--l. 1366--><p class="nopar" > will use <span class="cmtt-10">\mathrel </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>resulting in: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -2756,20 +2764,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">mathrelation</span>. <span class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a id="dx1-6021"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The command - formed from this name must exist and must take one argument. (Use <span -class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for - default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a +class="description">This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The + command formed from this name must exist and must take one argument. + (Use <span +class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a href="#catattr.textformat"><span class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a - id="dx1-6022"></a> attribute and - <span + id="dx1-6022"></a> + attribute and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span>. See the <span class="cmss-10">soul</span><a id="dx1-6023"></a> example in <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a -href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting the First Use +href="#sec:glsunset">First Use Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -2780,50 +2788,50 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span><a id="dx1-6025"></a> to the given value. It should match the prefix for the desired glossary. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 1384--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the +<!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the external glossary files: -</p><!--l. 1386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-6026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1388--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1391--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined. (See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses this hook to determine which entries haven’t been indexed.) -</p><!--l. 1395--><p class="indent" > There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options +</p><!--l. 1398--><p class="indent" > There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options are set by the <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands: -</p><!--l. 1398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1401--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-6027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1400--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1403--><p class="noindent" > (The base package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a id="dx1-6028"></a> that’s used immediately after the options are set.) -</p><!--l. 1404--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span +</p><!--l. 1407--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 1405--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddpresetkeys</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-6029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpresetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1407--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1410--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 1409--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddpostsetkeys</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-6030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpostsetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1411--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1414--><p class="noindent" > For example, to default to using the <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a id="dx1-6031"></a> counter in maths mode: @@ -2837,7 +2845,7 @@ class="cmss-10">equation</span><a  <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%  <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi} </div> -<!--l. 1419--><p class="nopar" > (This can be overridden with an explicit use of <span +<!--l. 1422--><p class="nopar" > (This can be overridden with an explicit use of <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a id="dx1-6032"></a> in the optional argument of <span @@ -2854,8 +2862,8 @@ argument):  <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%  <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi} </div> -<!--l. 1429--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1431--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span +<!--l. 1432--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1434--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-6033"></a> and <span @@ -2870,7 +2878,7 @@ class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-6035"></a> keys is intended primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can’t be obtained from a counter. -</p><!--l. 1440--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span +</p><!--l. 1443--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-6036"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a @@ -2883,12 +2891,12 @@ class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩. In general, there’s little need for this key as the prefix is typically associated with a counter that can be used to form hypertargets. -</p><!--l. 1448--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 1451--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-6039"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application that will accept the given value. </div> -</p><!--l. 1451--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1453--><p class="indent" > For example, <span +</p><!--l. 1454--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1456--><p class="indent" > For example, <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-6040"></a> will only accept locations in the form [⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span @@ -2912,7 +2920,7 @@ example, <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> \glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary Material}]{sample} </div> -<!--l. 1463--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a +<!--l. 1466--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a id="dx1-6042"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -2928,7 +2936,7 @@ class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-6046"></a> key to prevent a hyperlink if one can’t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location value. -</p><!--l. 1472--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span +</p><!--l. 1475--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains: @@ -2945,7 +2953,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains:  <br />\gls{sample}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 1487--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this +<!--l. 1490--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-6047"></a> to <span @@ -2966,13 +2974,13 @@ example:  <br />\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 1506--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span +<!--l. 1509--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-6048"></a> as it’s in the form ⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">sep</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1510--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the +</p><!--l. 1513--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the <a href="#catattr.externallocation"><span class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a @@ -2986,7 +2994,7 @@ class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,  <br /> name={sample},description={an example}} </div> -<!--l. 1518--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span +<!--l. 1521--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format: @@ -2995,7 +3003,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> \glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample} </div> -<!--l. 1522--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span +<!--l. 1525--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-6050"></a> package. Remember that the counter used for the location also needs to match. If <span @@ -3011,14 +3019,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.tex </span>for an example that uses <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-6052"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span +</p><!--l. 1535--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the relevant place in the external PDF file <span class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page. </div> -</p><!--l. 1537--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1539--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span +</p><!--l. 1540--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1542--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span> are in the same directory, then viewing <span @@ -3026,12 +3034,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf </span>in Evince will take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2 external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked document. -</p><!--l. 1546--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1549--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1546--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1549--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</h3> -<!--l. 1549--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span +<!--l. 1552--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-7001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, @@ -3058,20 +3066,20 @@ class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-7008"></a><a id="dx1-7009"></a> environment on the next run. -</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span +</p><!--l. 1565--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide -</p><!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1568--><p class="noindent" > which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused cross-references unless the package option <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a id="dx1-7011"></a> was set to false. -</p><!--l. 1570--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span +</p><!--l. 1573--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-7012"></a> key will now work for entries defined in the <span @@ -3103,18 +3111,18 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-7019"></a> value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that point. -</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given +</p><!--l. 1584--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusesee</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1588--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses -</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7021"></a> <span @@ -3123,7 +3131,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1589--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1592--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ are obtained from the value of the entry’s <span @@ -3145,7 +3153,7 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-7024"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1598--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a +</p><!--l. 1601--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a id="dx1-7025"></a>number list using <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a @@ -3161,7 +3169,7 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-7029"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a id="dx1-7030"></a>number list. -</p><!--l. 1605--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook +</p><!--l. 1608--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For example: @@ -3176,11 +3184,11 @@ example:  <br /> {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1614--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a +<!--l. 1617--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a id="dx1-7031"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been suppressed. -</p><!--l. 1618--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span +</p><!--l. 1621--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-7032"></a> key. Unlike <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a @@ -3200,28 +3208,28 @@ instead (or redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described below). -</p><!--l. 1626--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span +</p><!--l. 1629--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-7035"></a> key using: -</p><!--l. 1628--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseealso</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1630--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1633--><p class="noindent" > This works in much the same way as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses -</p><!--l. 1633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1635--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -3237,20 +3245,20 @@ For example:  <br /> {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1646--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1648--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span +<!--l. 1649--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1651--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>⟩ stored in the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-7038"></a> field can be accessed with: -</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseealsolabels</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1652--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1655--><p class="noindent" > This will just expand to the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>⟩ provided in the value of the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a @@ -3265,7 +3273,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can’t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated list. -</p><!--l. 1660--><p class="indent" > The base <span +</p><!--l. 1663--><p class="indent" > The base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a id="dx1-7042"></a>, which requires a @@ -3276,20 +3284,20 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>as the argument. For convenience, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides -</p><!--l. 1665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1668--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseelist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1667--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1670--><p class="noindent" > which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>. -</p><!--l. 1670--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1673--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-7044"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using -</p><!--l. 1671--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexseealso</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7045"></a> <span @@ -3298,7 +3306,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1673--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1676--><p class="noindent" > which just does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -3317,15 +3325,15 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-7047"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct <span class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead. -<!--l. 1682--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1685--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1682--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1685--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 1685--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span +<!--l. 1688--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant @@ -3336,7 +3344,7 @@ whether or not it actually has a hyperlink. The actual text and the way it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry format. -</p><!--l. 1692--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span +</p><!--l. 1695--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-8002"></a>) used in the <a id="dx1-8003"></a><a @@ -3419,22 +3427,22 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.2 </a><a href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>). </li></ul> -<!--l. 1723--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather +<!--l. 1726--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style. -</p><!--l. 1727--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span +</p><!--l. 1730--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-8024"></a> now puts <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a id="dx1-8025"></a> in the argument of the new command -</p><!--l. 1729--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1732--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrregularfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1731--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1734--><p class="noindent" > This just does its argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. This means that if you want regular entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then @@ -3447,7 +3455,7 @@ overridden by the <a href="#catattr.textformat"><span class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a id="dx1-8028"></a> attribute. -</p><!--l. 1740--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 1743--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -3455,7 +3463,7 @@ class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 1743--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span +<!--l. 1746--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the category: @@ -3466,7 +3474,7 @@ category: \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%  <br /> \glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 1749--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called +<!--l. 1752--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called <span class="cmtt-10">font</span>: @@ -3478,7 +3486,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">font</span>:  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%  <br /> \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 1757--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example: +<!--l. 1760--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example: @@ -3486,23 +3494,23 @@ class="cmtt-10">font</span>: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{textformat}{textsf} </div> -<!--l. 1761--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span +<!--l. 1764--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>. -</p><!--l. 1764--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates +</p><!--l. 1767--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>: -</p><!--l. 1766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbreviationfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1768--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1771--><p class="noindent" > This also just does its argument by default. Font changes made by abbreviation styles are within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1775--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information after the <a @@ -3511,35 +3519,35 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> produced by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined to -</p><!--l. 1775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1777--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1780--><p class="noindent" > This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a id="dx1-8032"></a> attribute is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do -</p><!--l. 1781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1784--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlink</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1783--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1786--><p class="noindent" > if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and -</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1787--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" > if a full stop has been discarded. -</p><!--l. 1790--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category +</p><!--l. 1793--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category attribute) to determine whether or not to discard a following full stop. In which case you can redefine: -</p><!--l. 1793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8035"></a> <span @@ -3550,7 +3558,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1795--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1798--><p class="noindent" > You can access the field’s label using <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. This command should do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the @@ -3564,9 +3572,9 @@ definition is simply: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod}[2]{#2} </div> -<!--l. 1802--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category +<!--l. 1805--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category attributes will be checked.) -</p><!--l. 1806--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span +</p><!--l. 1809--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like @@ -3578,8 +3586,8 @@ href="#sec:nested"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 1811--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1813--><p class="indent" > By default <span +</p><!--l. 1814--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1816--><p class="indent" > By default <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a @@ -3591,7 +3599,7 @@ class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-8037"></a> category, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been defined.) -</p><!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span +</p><!--l. 1821--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span>, for example: @@ -3603,8 +3611,8 @@ example:  <br /> \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1824--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use -</p><!--l. 1826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 1827--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use +</p><!--l. 1829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostlink</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8038"></a> <span @@ -3613,7 +3621,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1828--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1831--><p class="noindent" > This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -3624,7 +3632,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. -<!--l. 1836--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command +<!--l. 1839--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a @@ -3639,21 +3647,21 @@ with a full stop, a redundant following full stop will be discarded and the spac adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be reinserted. -</p><!--l. 1849--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing +</p><!--l. 1852--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing the post-<a id="dx1-8041"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks: -</p><!--l. 1851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1854--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1853--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1856--><p class="noindent" > This will add the description in parentheses on <a id="dx1-8043"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. -</p><!--l. 1856--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a +</p><!--l. 1859--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a id="dx1-8044"></a>first use for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a @@ -3667,25 +3675,25 @@ class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a  <br />  \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1863--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 1866--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1867--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1870--><p class="noindent" > This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a id="dx1-8047"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. (Does nothing if the symbol hasn’t been set.) -</p><!--l. 1871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1873--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1876--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.31.) On <a id="dx1-8049"></a>first use, this will append <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span @@ -3694,7 +3702,7 @@ class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩) if the symbol is defined otherwise it just appends <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 1879--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use +</p><!--l. 1882--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a id="dx1-8050"></a> within the post-<a @@ -3703,7 +3711,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook as by this point the <a id="dx1-8052"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have been unset. Instead you can use -</p><!--l. 1882--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8053"></a> <span @@ -3712,7 +3720,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1884--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the last used entry was the <a id="dx1-8054"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it @@ -3723,7 +3731,7 @@ locally set by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a id="dx1-8055"></a>link-text hook. -</p><!--l. 1892--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span +</p><!--l. 1895--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a id="dx1-8056"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a @@ -3746,8 +3754,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>so that it fakes non-<a id="dx1-8063"></a>first use otherwise the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate. </div> -</p><!--l. 1901--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1903--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a +</p><!--l. 1904--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1906--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a id="dx1-8064"></a>link-text on <a id="dx1-8065"></a>first use for the <span @@ -3762,27 +3770,27 @@ class="cmss-10">general</span><a  <br />  \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1909--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1911--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 1912--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1914--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a id="dx1-8067"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a id="dx1-8068"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the footnote after trailing punctuation characters. -</p><!--l. 1915--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span +</p><!--l. 1918--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-8069"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-8070"></a> etc with: -</p><!--l. 1917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1920--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1922--><p class="noindent" > For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do: @@ -3791,7 +3799,7 @@ For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> \GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex} </div> -<!--l. 1924--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1927--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want the location added to the <a id="dx1-8072"></a><a @@ -3800,7 +3808,7 @@ settings (such as category attributes) in addition to any settings passed in the argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 1931--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span +</p><!--l. 1934--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and <span @@ -3811,18 +3819,18 @@ class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a id="dx1-8074"></a> instead. -</p><!--l. 1937--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 1940--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 1939--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1941--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span +</p><!--l. 1942--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1944--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-8075"></a>, you can instead use: -</p><!--l. 1943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 1946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1945--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1948--><p class="noindent" > This has the advantage of also working for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly @@ -3835,8 +3843,8 @@ overridden): \backmatter  <br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit} </div> -<!--l. 1952--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1954--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span +<!--l. 1955--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1957--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-8076"></a> have star (<span class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span @@ -3846,7 +3854,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a third modifier, if required, using -</p><!--l. 1958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1961--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8077"></a> <span @@ -3856,18 +3864,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1960--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ is the character used as the modifier and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is the default set of options (which may be overridden). Note that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ must be a single character (not a UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). -</p><!--l. 1967--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 1970--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code. </div> -</p><!--l. 1970--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1972--><p class="indent" > Example: +</p><!--l. 1973--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" > Example: @@ -3875,7 +3883,7 @@ class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code. <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> \GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex} </div> -<!--l. 1975--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1978--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do @@ -3886,17 +3894,17 @@ not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> \gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample} </div> -<!--l. 1981--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1984--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you can’t combine the <span class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers. -</p><!--l. 1986--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 1989--><p class="indent" > <a id="dx1-8078"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use -</p><!--l. 1988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1991--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8079"></a> <span @@ -3911,7 +3919,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1990--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="noindent" > This command is provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check @@ -3920,8 +3928,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting command. -</p><!--l. 1997--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses -</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2000--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses +</p><!--l. 2001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8080"></a> <span @@ -3931,9 +3939,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2000--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="noindent" > otherwise it uses -</p><!--l. 2002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8081"></a> <span @@ -3943,11 +3951,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2007--><p class="noindent" > for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩) or -</p><!--l. 2007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8082"></a> <span @@ -3957,16 +3965,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2009--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2012--><p class="noindent" > for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 2013--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in -</p><!--l. 2014--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2016--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in +</p><!--l. 2017--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocrangefmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8083"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2016--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2019--><p class="noindent" > and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span @@ -3977,9 +3985,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> (If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.) -</p><!--l. 2024--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range, +</p><!--l. 2027--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range, does -</p><!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8084"></a> <span @@ -3989,7 +3997,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2028--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2031--><p class="noindent" > (which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span @@ -4003,7 +4011,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty. -</p><!--l. 2035--><p class="indent" > This means that the list +</p><!--l. 2038--><p class="indent" > This means that the list @@ -4013,7 +4021,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty.  <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},  <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}. </div> -<!--l. 2040--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from +<!--l. 2043--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from @@ -4023,14 +4031,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty.  <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},  <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}. </div> -<!--l. 2046--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can +<!--l. 2049--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can accommodate the ranges. -</p><!--l. 2051--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2054--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2051--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2054--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 2054--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a +<!--l. 2057--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a id="dx1-9001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -4040,7 +4048,7 @@ href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a> instead. -</p><!--l. 2058--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2061--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a id="dx1-9003"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span @@ -4053,7 +4061,7 @@ href="#sec:categories"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). -</p><!--l. 2064--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing: +</p><!--l. 2067--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing: @@ -4061,7 +4069,7 @@ href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> \glsenableentrycount </div> -<!--l. 2067--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do: +<!--l. 2070--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do: @@ -4070,43 +4078,75 @@ href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). \glsenableentrycount  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1} </div> -<!--l. 2072--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span +<!--l. 2075--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a id="dx1-9005"></a> category, but any entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged. -</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is +</p><!--l. 2080--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is described in <a href="#sec:entrycount"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>. -</p><!--l. 2080--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2083--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2080--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2083--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a - id="sec:glsunset"></a>Unsetting the First Use Flag</h3> -<!--l. 2083--><p class="noindent" >There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+: -</p><!--l. 2084--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="sec:glsunset"></a>First Use Flag</h3> +<!--l. 2086--><p class="noindent" >The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides +</p><!--l. 2088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a + id="dx1-10001"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 2089--><p class="noindent" > +to determine whether or not an entry has been used. This requires the entry to have +been defined. To allow for <a +href="#styopt.undefaction"><span +class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a + id="dx1-10002"></a> (which is automatically switched on with +the <a +href="#styopt.record"><span +class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a + id="dx1-10003"></a> option), the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package redefines this command to allow +for this setting. In the event that this setting is on and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is undefined, +then neither ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ nor ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ is done and ?? is displayed in the text (with +a warning in the transcript). This has the knock-on effect of providing a +more understandable error message with the default setting if the entry is +undefined. +</p><!--l. 2101--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+: +</p><!--l. 2102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalreseteach</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10001"></a> <span + id="dx1-10004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2086--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2104--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 2088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunseteach</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10002"></a> <span + id="dx1-10005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2090--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2108--><p class="noindent" > These behave like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>but the argument is a comma-separated list of labels. -</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span +</p><!--l. 2112--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is modified first to allow for the changing in entry counting, described above, but also to allow for buffering pending unsets when commands like <span @@ -4114,7 +4154,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>are used in a context where changing a boolean variable can cause things to go wrong. One example of this is using <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in one of the commands provided with the <a - id="dx1-10003"></a>package. For example: + id="dx1-10006"></a>package. For example: @@ -4122,7 +4162,7 @@ the commands provided with the <a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58"> \ul{Some text about \gls{html}.} </div> -<!--l. 2103--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error: +<!--l. 2121--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error: @@ -4130,7 +4170,7 @@ the commands provided with the <a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> Glossary entry `{html}' has not been defined. </div> -<!--l. 2107--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2125--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span> inside the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\mbox</span>. For example: @@ -4141,7 +4181,7 @@ example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> \ul{Some text about \mbox{\gls{html}}.} </div> -<!--l. 2112--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the +<!--l. 2130--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the first use flag causes a problem and results in the error: @@ -4150,17 +4190,17 @@ first use flag causes a problem and results in the error: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> ! Package soul Error: Reconstruction failed. </div> -<!--l. 2118--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 2136--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of temporarily switching off <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span> so that it just makes a note of the entry’s label but doesn’t actually perform the change: -</p><!--l. 2122--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10004"></a> <span + id="dx1-10007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2124--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2142--><p class="noindent" > The unstarred version doesn’t check for duplicates, so the internal list may end up with multiple occurrences of the same label. The starred version only adds a label to the internal list if it’s not already in it. Note that this @@ -4168,14 +4208,14 @@ buffering only applies to the global <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and does not affect the local <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>. -</p><!--l. 2132--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span +</p><!--l. 2150--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and unset all buffered labels using: -</p><!--l. 2134--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10005"></a> <span + id="dx1-10008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2136--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="noindent" > The starred form <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering* </span>uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>instead. For @@ -4197,33 +4237,33 @@ example:  <br />Next use: \gls{html}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2155--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer +<!--l. 2173--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer using -</p><!--l. 2158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10006"></a> <span + id="dx1-10009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument (which is the entry label). This is best used with the starred version <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering* </span>to avoid duplicates. -</p><!--l. 2165--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until +</p><!--l. 2183--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span>, multiple references of the same term within the buffering zone will always be treated as first use (if the term wasn’t used before the buffering started). </div> -</p><!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2173--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span +</p><!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2191--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span class="cmtt-10">\mbox </span>can’t break across a line so you may end up with an overfull line or excessive white space within the paragraph. -</p><!--l. 2177--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span +</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>: @@ -4234,7 +4274,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>:  <br />\ul{Some text about \protect\gls{html}.}  <br />\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </div> -<!--l. 2182--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another +<!--l. 2200--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another possibility is: @@ -4257,31 +4297,31 @@ possibility is:  <br />Next use: \gls{html}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2205--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span +<!--l. 2223--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>outside of <span class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>and uses <span class="cmss-10">textformat</span><a - id="dx1-10007"></a> to locally change the formatting + id="dx1-10010"></a> to locally change the formatting command used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(which is normally given by <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>or the <a href="#catattr.textformat"><span class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a - id="dx1-10008"></a> attribute) to a custom command <span + id="dx1-10011"></a> attribute) to a custom command <span class="cmtt-10">\gul</span>, which locally changes the regular font and the default abbreviation font to use <span class="cmtt-10">\ul</span>. It then uses -</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10009"></a> <span + id="dx1-10012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2214--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2232--><p class="noindent" > which (protected) fully expands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ before applying ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩, which must be a control @@ -4293,12 +4333,12 @@ something that <span class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>can’t deal with. For example, if an abbreviation style is used that contains complex formatting or if the field value contains problematic content. -</p><!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3> -<!--l. 2226--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from +<!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies, sheep). The <span @@ -4312,7 +4352,7 @@ defining entries. In some cases a plural may not make any sense (for example, the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the singular. -</p><!--l. 2235--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be +</p><!--l. 2253--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-11003"></a> package lets the <span @@ -4328,11 +4368,11 @@ don’t need to have the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-11007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the exceptions. -</p><!--l. 2244--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span +</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-11008"></a> field will always need to be supplied, where needed. -</p><!--l. 2247--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span +</p><!--l. 2265--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-11009"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a @@ -4342,7 +4382,7 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the context). -</p><!--l. 2253--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span +</p><!--l. 2271--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-11012"></a> package follows these rules: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> @@ -4403,7 +4443,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix</span><a class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-11031"></a> field. </li></ul> -<!--l. 2276--><p class="indent" > This <span +<!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" > This <span class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the <span @@ -4418,12 +4458,12 @@ abbreviation styles. This means that every time an abbreviation style is implemented, <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to use -</p><!--l. 2284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their own command for the plural suffix, such as <span @@ -4439,7 +4479,7 @@ new abbreviation mechanism. -</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two +</p><!--l. 2314--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a @@ -4452,7 +4492,7 @@ uses the suffix <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> '\abbrvpluralsuffix </div> -<!--l. 2301--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span +<!--l. 2319--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second attribute is <a href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span @@ -4463,12 +4503,12 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a same as <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-11039"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2307--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2325--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2307--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2325--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3> -<!--l. 2310--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span +<!--l. 2328--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-12001"></a> in the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -4481,7 +4521,7 @@ fields, if set). This tends to occur with abbreviations that extend other abbrev For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext Markup Language. -</p><!--l. 2318--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span +</p><!--l. 2336--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: @@ -4492,8 +4532,8 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package:  <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext Markup Language}  <br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2324--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2326--><p class="indent" > The main problems are: +<!--l. 2342--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" > The main problems are: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-12006x1"><a @@ -4512,7 +4552,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> if the long form is displayed before the shor <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> \gls{\uppercase ssi} enabled \gls{html} </div> - <!--l. 2334--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2352--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this will effectively try to do @@ -4522,7 +4562,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> \uppercase{\gls{ssi}} enabled \gls{html} </div> - <!--l. 2339--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span + <!--l. 2357--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised. This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as <span @@ -4563,15 +4603,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> This section discusses \gls{ssi}, \gls{html} and \gls{shtml}. </div> - <!--l. 2358--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 2376--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 2361--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext + <!--l. 2379--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div> - <!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + <!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" >So the <a id="dx1-12019"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”. - </p><!--l. 2367--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span + </p><!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is @@ -4585,17 +4625,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry, for example: The sample files are either \gls{html} or \gls{shtml}, but let's  <br />first discuss \gls{ssi}. </div> - <!--l. 2373--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 2391--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 2376--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML) + <!--l. 2394--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML) or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s first discuss SSI.</p></div> - <!--l. 2381--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + <!--l. 2399--><p class="noindent" >So the <a id="dx1-12020"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange. - </p><!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span + </p><!--l. 2403--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two entries: @@ -4605,17 +4645,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> This article is an introduction to \gls{shtml}. </div> - <!--l. 2389--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 2407--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 2392--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI) + <!--l. 2410--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI) enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div> - <!--l. 2395--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + <!--l. 2413--><p class="noindent" >So the <a id="dx1-12021"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI) enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more strange. - </p><!--l. 2399--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span + </p><!--l. 2417--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example: @@ -4626,7 +4666,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> \setacronymstyle{long-short} </div> - <!--l. 2404--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span + <!--l. 2422--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so @@ -4638,7 +4678,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>has been changed to <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>. - </p><!--l. 2412--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span + </p><!--l. 2430--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml</span> entry. For example: @@ -4649,10 +4689,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> \gls{shtml} ... \glsreset{html}\gls{shtml} </div> - <!--l. 2416--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span + <!--l. 2434--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”, which is downright weird. - </p><!--l. 2420--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which + </p><!--l. 2438--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span @@ -4685,7 +4725,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the glossary. </li></ol> -<!--l. 2441--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands +<!--l. 2459--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-12031"></a> or <span @@ -4702,7 +4742,7 @@ like:  <br /> [description={\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}]  <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} </div> -<!--l. 2449--><p class="nopar" > with <span +<!--l. 2467--><p class="nopar" > with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or: @@ -4713,7 +4753,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:  <br /> [description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}]  <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} </div> -<!--l. 2455--><p class="nopar" > with <span +<!--l. 2473--><p class="nopar" > with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a @@ -4724,7 +4764,7 @@ may fix the <a id="dx1-12034"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed above. -</p><!--l. 2462--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use +</p><!--l. 2480--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>: @@ -4738,10 +4778,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>:  <br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi} enabled  <br />\glsabbrvfont{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2471--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case). +<!--l. 2489--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case). This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same style. -</p><!--l. 2476--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span +</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-12035"></a> in a field that may be included within some <a @@ -4765,7 +4805,7 @@ form <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> \gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html} </div> -<!--l. 2487--><p class="nopar" > is treated as +<!--l. 2505--><p class="nopar" > is treated as @@ -4774,7 +4814,7 @@ form {\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}} enabled  <br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2492--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a +<!--l. 2510--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems <a @@ -4790,7 +4830,7 @@ as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12040"></a>). -</p><!--l. 2503--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span +</p><!--l. 2521--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a id="dx1-12041"></a> or <span @@ -4828,7 +4868,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry had instead been defined as: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> \newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2516--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a +<!--l. 2534--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-12047"></a> style) the <a @@ -4842,7 +4882,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled  <br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML) </div> -<!--l. 2522--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as: +<!--l. 2540--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as: @@ -4851,7 +4891,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like \newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled  <br />\glsxtrshort{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2527--><p class="nopar" > then the <a +<!--l. 2545--><p class="nopar" > then the <a id="dx1-12049"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like: @@ -4862,7 +4902,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like: {\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled  <br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML) </div> -<!--l. 2532--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span +<!--l. 2550--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The @@ -4873,8 +4913,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-12051"></a>. Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style. -</p><!--l. 2540--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use: -</p><!--l. 2541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2558--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use: +</p><!--l. 2559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrp</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-12052"></a> <span @@ -4883,7 +4923,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2543--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2561--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span @@ -4893,34 +4933,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) or in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>). -</p><!--l. 2548--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields: -</p><!--l. 2549--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2566--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields: +</p><!--l. 2567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsps</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-12053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2551--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2569--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and -</p><!--l. 2553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2571--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-12054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2555--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2573--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 2558--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2576--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ commands described @@ -4937,14 +4977,14 @@ class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a id="dx1-12056"></a> to <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can use -</p><!--l. 2565--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetpopts</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-12057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2567--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2585--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -4953,17 +4993,17 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> \glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false} </div> -<!--l. 2571--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using +<!--l. 2589--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested links. -</p><!--l. 2576--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the +</p><!--l. 2594--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the command: -</p><!--l. 2578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossxtrsetpopts</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-12058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2598--><p class="noindent" > which by default just does @@ -4972,7 +5012,7 @@ which by default just does <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> \glsxtrsetpopts{noindex} </div> -<!--l. 2584--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span +<!--l. 2602--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the glossary. For example: @@ -4982,8 +5022,8 @@ glossary. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> \renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}} </div> -<!--l. 2589--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2591--><p class="indent" > For example, +<!--l. 2607--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2609--><p class="indent" > For example, @@ -4991,7 +5031,7 @@ glossary. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> \glsxtrp{short}{ssi} </div> -<!--l. 2594--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to +<!--l. 2612--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to @@ -5001,7 +5041,7 @@ glossary. For example:  <br /> \glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2600--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or +<!--l. 2618--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or @@ -5011,8 +5051,8 @@ glossary. For example:  <br /> \glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2606--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.) -</p><!--l. 2609--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2624--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.) +</p><!--l. 2627--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent to @@ -5022,19 +5062,19 @@ to <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> {\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}} </div> -<!--l. 2613--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a +<!--l. 2631--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a href="#catattr.headuc"><span class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a id="dx1-12059"></a> attribute.) -</p><!--l. 2616--><p class="indent" > If <span +</p><!--l. 2634--><p class="indent" > If <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-12060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example). -</p><!--l. 2620--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands -</p><!--l. 2621--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2638--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands +</p><!--l. 2639--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-12061"></a> <span @@ -5043,9 +5083,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2623--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" > for first letter upper case and -</p><!--l. 2625--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-12062"></a> <span @@ -5054,9 +5094,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2645--><p class="noindent" > for all upper case. -</p><!--l. 2630--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span +</p><!--l. 2648--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-12063"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a @@ -5068,15 +5108,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-12066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used by those case-changing commands. </div> -</p><!--l. 2636--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2638--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a +</p><!--l. 2654--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2656--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>. -</p><!--l. 2644--><p class="indent" > If you <span +</p><!--l. 2662--><p class="indent" > If you <span class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is @@ -5086,8 +5126,8 @@ class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is \newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi} enabled  <br />\glsxtrp{short}{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2648--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally. -</p><!--l. 2651--><p class="indent" > Example document: +<!--l. 2666--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally. +</p><!--l. 2669--><p class="indent" > Example document: @@ -5117,16 +5157,16 @@ class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2689--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2691--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2707--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2691--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 2694--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2712--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a @@ -5147,7 +5187,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is do just add <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short} </div> -<!--l. 2702--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just +<!--l. 2720--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> @@ -5165,7 +5205,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2715--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span +<!--l. 2733--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>: @@ -5182,7 +5222,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2727--><p class="nopar" > Table <a +<!--l. 2745--><p class="nopar" > Table <a href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the predefined acronym styles provided by <span @@ -5197,7 +5237,7 @@ details. -<!--l. 2734--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2752--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -5221,34 +5261,34 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" id="TBL-2-1" /><col id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2741--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2759--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2742--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td10"><!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2761--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a id="dx1-13003"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2761--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a id="dx1-13004"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2744--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2762--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a id="dx1-13005"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2744--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2762--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a id="dx1-13006"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2745--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a id="dx1-13007"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2745--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-13008"></a> <br @@ -5265,64 +5305,64 @@ class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2747--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2765--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a id="dx1-13009"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2747--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2765--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-13010"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2748--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2766--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a id="dx1-13011"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2748--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2766--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a id="dx1-13012"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2749--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2767--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a id="dx1-13013"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2749--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2767--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a id="dx1-13014"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2750--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2768--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-13015"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2750--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2768--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13016"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2751--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-13017"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2751--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13018"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2752--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2770--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-13019"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2752--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2770--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13020"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2753--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2771--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-13021"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2753--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2771--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13022"></a> <br @@ -5339,100 +5379,100 @@ class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2755--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2773--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-13023"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2755--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2773--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13024"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2756--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2774--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-13025"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2756--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2774--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13026"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2775--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-13027"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2775--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13028"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2758--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a id="dx1-13029"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2758--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a id="dx1-13030"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2759--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2777--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a id="dx1-13031"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2759--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2777--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13032"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2778--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-13033"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2778--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-13034"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2761--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2779--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a id="dx1-13035"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2761--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2779--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-13036"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2762--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2780--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a id="dx1-13037"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2762--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2780--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-13038"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2781--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a id="dx1-13039"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2781--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13040"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2764--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a id="dx1-13041"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2764--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13042"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2765--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a id="dx1-13043"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2765--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13044"></a> </p></td></tr></table></div> @@ -5441,7 +5481,7 @@ class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 2769--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by +<!--l. 2787--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are @@ -5450,15 +5490,15 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use -</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2794--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\RestoreAcronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-13045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2778--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2796--><p class="noindent" > (before any use of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). -</p><!--l. 2781--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 2799--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same @@ -5468,7 +5508,7 @@ class="cmss-10">type</span><a class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands. -</p><!--l. 2787--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 2805--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span @@ -5480,8 +5520,8 @@ with entries defined via <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-13049"></a> as it will cause unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 2793--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2795--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span +</p><!--l. 2811--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2813--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a document that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a @@ -5495,30 +5535,30 @@ href="#sec:newabbrvstyle"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.5 </a><a href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 2802--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2820--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsacspace</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-13052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2804--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2822--><p class="noindent" > The space command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a id="dx1-13053"></a> acronym style provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses -</p><!--l. 2808--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsacspacemax</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-13054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2810--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2828--><p class="noindent" > instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be changed using <span class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>. -</p><!--l. 2814--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span +</p><!--l. 2832--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a id="dx1-13055"></a> (such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span @@ -5533,38 +5573,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>with <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 2819--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2821--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 2837--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2839--><p class="indent" > The <a id="dx1-13057"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command -</p><!--l. 2822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 2840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2824--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" > is redefined to use the <a id="dx1-13058"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a id="dx1-13059"></a>. This will be reset if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. -</p><!--l. 2829--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command -</p><!--l. 2830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 2847--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command +</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2832--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="noindent" > is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a id="dx1-13060"></a>. This will be reset if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. </p> -<!--l. 2837--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9 </span> <a id="x1-140002.9"></a><span class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</h3> -<!--l. 2840--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span +<!--l. 2858--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has a new supplementary package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a id="dx1-14001"></a> @@ -5585,7 +5625,7 @@ style:  <br />\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}  <br />\setglossarystyle{bookindex} </div> -<!--l. 2850--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a +<!--l. 2868--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a id="dx1-14004"></a> and <span @@ -5598,28 +5638,28 @@ class="cmss-10">style</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> \usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 2854--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 2872--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a id="dx1-14006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level, level 1 and level 2). -</p><!--l. 2858--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by -</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2876--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by +</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexcols</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2879--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to 2. -</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span +</p><!--l. 2882--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a id="dx1-14008"></a><a id="dx1-14009"></a> environment. If the command -</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2868--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="noindent" > isn’t empty then it’s supplied as the optional argument following <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\begin{multicols}</span></span></span> <span @@ -5632,12 +5672,12 @@ class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a class="cmss-10">multicols*</span><a id="dx1-14013"></a><a id="dx1-14014"></a> by redefining -</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2874--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2892--><p class="noindent" > For example @@ -5646,16 +5686,16 @@ For example <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv}{multicols*} </div> -<!--l. 2878--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2880--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using -</p><!--l. 2881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 2896--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2898--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using +</p><!--l. 2899--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2883--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2901--><p class="noindent" > where the entry is identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span @@ -5672,25 +5712,25 @@ default. For example, if you want the symbol to be included:  <br /> \ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space (\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2892--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can use the <span +<!--l. 2910--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can use the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ hook. -</p><!--l. 2896--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using -</p><!--l. 2897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2914--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using +</p><!--l. 2915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2899--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2917--><p class="noindent" > which just defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given +</p><!--l. 2920--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given by -</p><!--l. 2904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14018"></a> <span @@ -5698,7 +5738,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This checks if the <span class="cmtt-10">location </span>field has been set. If it @@ -5710,7 +5750,7 @@ has, it does <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100"> ,\glsxtrprelocation </div> -<!--l. 2912--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span +<!--l. 2930--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>(which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>). If you’re not using <a @@ -5720,8 +5760,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-14020"></a></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">location</span><a id="dx1-14021"></a> field won’t be set. -</p><!--l. 2917--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by -</p><!--l. 2919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2935--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by +</p><!--l. 2937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14022"></a> <span @@ -5729,35 +5769,35 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2921--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2939--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 2924--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given +</p><!--l. 2942--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given by -</p><!--l. 2926--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2928--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2946--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\nopagebreak</span>. -</p><!--l. 2931--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given +</p><!--l. 2949--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given by -</p><!--l. 2933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2951--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2935--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2953--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>. -</p><!--l. 2938--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by -</p><!--l. 2939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2956--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by +</p><!--l. 2957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexbetween</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14025"></a> <span @@ -5767,15 +5807,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2959--><p class="noindent" > This comes after the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label1</span>⟩, if the entry has no children, or after the last descendent otherwise, so it always comes immediately before the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label2</span>⟩ unless the entry occurs at the start of a group. This does nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 2948--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by -</p><!--l. 2949--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2966--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by +</p><!--l. 2967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14026"></a> <span @@ -5785,9 +5825,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2951--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2953--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by -</p><!--l. 2954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2969--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2971--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by +</p><!--l. 2972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14027"></a> <span @@ -5798,9 +5838,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2956--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2974--><p class="noindent" > At the end of each letter group, the following hooks are done in order: -</p><!--l. 2959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14028"></a> <span @@ -5812,8 +5852,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2961--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2979--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14029"></a> <span @@ -5821,8 +5861,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">sub-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2964--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2983--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14030"></a> <span @@ -5830,13 +5870,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2967--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">sub-sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 2 entry, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 1 entry and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 0 entry. -</p><!--l. 2973--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span +</p><!--l. 2991--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">seealso=omit </span>instructs <a id="dx1-14031"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span @@ -5874,7 +5914,7 @@ appended after the child entries using:  <br />  \glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3003--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span +<!--l. 3021--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span>to indent the cross-reference according to the next level down, so the cross-reference for a top-level entry is aligned @@ -5884,7 +5924,7 @@ indented a bit further (but it won’t be aligned with any deeper level as t class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a id="dx1-14033"></a> style only supports a maximum of two sub-levels). -</p><!--l. 3014--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3032--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a id="dx1-14034"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a id="dx1-14035"></a><a @@ -5894,7 +5934,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a it with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch.) The heading will use -</p><!--l. 3017--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3035--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14037"></a> <span @@ -5904,7 +5944,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3019--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>has been defined, this will use that command to bookmark the group title. If <a @@ -5916,8 +5956,8 @@ uses level 1 otherwise it uses level 2. You can redefine this comm isn’t appropriate. If <span class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>hasn’t been defined, this command does nothin. -</p><!--l. 3027--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 3028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to +</p><!--l. 3046--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14039"></a> <span @@ -5928,7 +5968,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</p><!--l. 3030--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" > which is defined as @@ -5939,14 +5979,14 @@ which is defined as  <br />  \par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3036--><p class="nopar" > where <span +<!--l. 3054--><p class="nopar" > where <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>is provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-14040"></a> package, which is automatically loaded. Note that the entry names aren’t encapsulated with <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>. -</p><!--l. 3042--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3060--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a id="dx1-14041"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that aren’t used by default, but may be used when adjusting the style. These commands @@ -5954,35 +5994,35 @@ should only be used within one of the <span class="cmtt-10">\print</span><span class="cmtt-10">…glossary </span>commands. (That is, they should only be used in glossary styles.) -</p><!--l. 3047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" > This writes information to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that can be read on the next run to obtain the first and last entry on each page of the glossary. -</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using: -</p><!--l. 3056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3072--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using: +</p><!--l. 3074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" > and the last entry associated with the current page using: -</p><!--l. 3061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3081--><p class="noindent" > These do nothing if there are no entries marked on the current page (or if the document build isn’t up to date). -</p><!--l. 3067--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using: -</p><!--l. 3068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3085--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using: +</p><!--l. 3086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14045"></a> <span @@ -5990,9 +6030,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" > for the first instance and -</p><!--l. 3072--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3090--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14046"></a> <span @@ -6000,9 +6040,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3092--><p class="noindent" > for the last. -</p><!--l. 3077--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page +</p><!--l. 3095--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page number is stable. For example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname </span>can be redefined to mark the current entry: @@ -6016,7 +6056,7 @@ current entry:  <br />  \glossentryname{#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3085--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine +<!--l. 3103--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname </span>as it defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>: @@ -6029,8 +6069,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>:  <br />  \glossentryname{#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3093--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3095--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span +<!--l. 3111--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3113--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span class="cmss-10">fancyhdr</span><a id="dx1-14047"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last entry for the current page with: @@ -6045,13 +6085,13 @@ entry for the current page with:  <br />  \cfoot{}%  <br />  \rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}% </div> -<!--l. 3103--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3105--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3121--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3105--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10 </span> <a id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 3108--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a id="dx1-15001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the <span @@ -6066,7 +6106,7 @@ href="#x1-180002.10.3"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10.3 </a><a href="#x1-180002.10.3">The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>. -</p><!--l. 3115--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3133--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-15003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first checking if <span @@ -6087,7 +6127,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@grouptitle@</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title using -</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15006"></a> <span @@ -6096,7 +6136,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3129--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -6105,9 +6145,9 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106"> \glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)} </div> -<!--l. 3133--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can +<!--l. 3151--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can use -</p><!--l. 3136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15007"></a> <span @@ -6117,13 +6157,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3140--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3156--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3158--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3140--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3158--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.1 </span> <a id="sec:stylehooks"></a>Style Hooks</h4> -<!--l. 3143--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span +<!--l. 3161--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a id="dx1-16001"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a @@ -6143,11 +6183,11 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This means you can make simple case-changing modifications to the name and description without defining a new glossary style. -</p><!--l. 3149--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span +</p><!--l. 3167--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-16006"></a>, you can use -</p><!--l. 3151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentrynameother</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16007"></a> <span @@ -6156,7 +6196,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3153--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="noindent" > This behaves just like <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys <a href="#catattr.glossname"><span @@ -6177,26 +6217,26 @@ than <span class="cmtt-10">description</span>). See the key to field mappings table in the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual. -</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span +</p><!--l. 3180--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a id="dx1-16011"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a id="dx1-16012"></a>: -</p><!--l. 3164--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3184--><p class="noindent" > By default this checks the <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a id="dx1-16014"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed using -</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 3189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a id="dx1-16015"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -6205,12 +6245,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3172--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3190--><p class="noindent" > See <a href="#sec:autoindex"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 3176--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span +</p><!--l. 3194--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span @@ -6229,8 +6269,8 @@ category: \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space  <br /> (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})} </div> -<!--l. 3187--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use -</p><!--l. 3189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3205--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use +</p><!--l. 3207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16017"></a> <span @@ -6239,7 +6279,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3191--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3209--><p class="noindent" > This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6250,27 +6290,27 @@ class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. -<!--l. 3198--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does -</p><!--l. 3199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3216--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does +</p><!--l. 3217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsextrapostnamehook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3219--><p class="noindent" > (before <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩) to allow for additional non-category related code. This does nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 3206--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also +</p><!--l. 3224--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also does -</p><!--l. 3208--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostdescription</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3210--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3228--><p class="noindent" > This occurs before the original <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <a href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span @@ -6278,7 +6318,7 @@ class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a id="dx1-16020"></a> option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop. -</p><!--l. 3215--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span +</p><!--l. 3233--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists, where ⟨<span @@ -6292,7 +6332,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-16022"></a>. For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use -</p><!--l. 3222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16023"></a> <span @@ -6301,7 +6341,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3224--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3242--><p class="noindent" > This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6312,10 +6352,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. -<!--l. 3231--><p class="indent" > Since both <span +<!--l. 3249--><p class="indent" > Since both <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set -</p><!--l. 3232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscurrententrylabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16024"></a> <span @@ -6323,10 +6363,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3234--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3252--><p class="noindent" > to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these post-description hooks if you need to reference the label. -</p><!--l. 3239--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the +</p><!--l. 3257--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-16025"></a> category, then you could @@ -6339,10 +6379,10 @@ do: \renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space  <br /> (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})} </div> -<!--l. 3245--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find +<!--l. 3263--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the underlying glossary style.) -</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span +</p><!--l. 3268--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if you redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span @@ -6361,16 +6401,16 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:sty class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> that are missing <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3261--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3277--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3261--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.2 </span> <a id="sec:glosstylenumlist"></a>Number List</h4> -<!--l. 3264--><p class="noindent" >The <a +<!--l. 3282--><p class="noindent" >The <a id="dx1-17001"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of -</p><!--l. 3265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17002"></a> <span @@ -6378,7 +6418,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3285--><p class="noindent" > This is internally used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span @@ -6389,28 +6429,28 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>so that it doesn’t display th id="dx1-17004"></a>number list, but it still saves the <a id="dx1-17005"></a>number list in case it’s required. -</p><!--l. 3273--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a +</p><!--l. 3291--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a id="dx1-17006"></a>number list always use the <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a id="dx1-17007"></a> option instead of redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div> -</p><!--l. 3277--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3279--><p class="indent" > If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a +</p><!--l. 3295--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3297--><p class="indent" > If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a id="dx1-17008"></a>number list then redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. -</p><!--l. 3283--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a +</p><!--l. 3301--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a id="dx1-17009"></a>number list. This is quite fiddly to do with the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display using: -</p><!--l. 3288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17010"></a> <span @@ -6420,7 +6460,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">pages</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3290--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3308--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">page</span>⟩ is the text to display if the <a id="dx1-17011"></a>number list only contains a single location and @@ -6433,28 +6473,28 @@ class="cmti-10">pages</span>⟩ is the text to display otherwise. For examp <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109"> \GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: } </div> -<!--l. 3296--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command. -</p><!--l. 3299--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span +<!--l. 3314--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command. +</p><!--l. 3317--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page number (and only index the entry once). </div> -</p><!--l. 3302--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3304--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span +</p><!--l. 3320--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3322--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>. -</p><!--l. 3306--><p class="indent" > Note that <a +</p><!--l. 3324--><p class="indent" > Note that <a id="dx1-17012"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-17013"></a></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>. -</p><!--l. 3310--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3328--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3310--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3328--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.3 </span> <a id="x1-180002.10.3"></a>The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h4> -<!--l. 3313--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span +<!--l. 3331--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a id="dx1-18001"></a> that @@ -6471,7 +6511,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For example:  <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods} </div> -<!--l. 3322--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span +<!--l. 3340--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing ⟨<span @@ -6487,7 +6527,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a \usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods} </div> -<!--l. 3330--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a +<!--l. 3348--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a id="dx1-18003"></a> key when you load <span @@ -6504,7 +6544,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112"> \usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 3337--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a +<!--l. 3355--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a id="dx1-18005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package @@ -6516,7 +6556,7 @@ identifiers. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113"> \usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 3342--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas: +<!--l. 3360--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas: @@ -6524,8 +6564,8 @@ identifiers. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114"> \usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 3346--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span +<!--l. 3364--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3366--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span class="cmss-10">inline</span><a id="dx1-18006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition provided by the <span @@ -6550,7 +6590,7 @@ href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a id="dx1-18009"></a> option, but the post-description category hook can still be used. -</p><!--l. 3362--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-18010"></a><a id="dx1-18011"></a>-like styles, such as <span @@ -6577,17 +6617,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, you must also reset the glossary style. -</p><!--l. 3373--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span +</p><!--l. 3391--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a id="dx1-18016"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in many of the predefined styles is replaced with -</p><!--l. 3376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprelocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3396--><p class="noindent" > This just defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example: @@ -6597,36 +6637,36 @@ class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill} </div> -<!--l. 3383--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3385--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 3401--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3403--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-18018"></a> styles use -</p><!--l. 3386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslistprelocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3388--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3406--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and -</p><!--l. 3390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslistchildprelocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3392--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3410--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span>) for child items. -</p><!--l. 3395--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed +</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed by: -</p><!--l. 3397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslistdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3417--><p class="noindent" > for the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-18022"></a> and <span @@ -6634,7 +6674,7 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a id="dx1-18023"></a> styles (but not the <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a id="dx1-18024"></a> variations). -</p><!--l. 3403--><p class="indent" > For just the <span +</p><!--l. 3421--><p class="indent" > For just the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-18025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a @@ -6644,21 +6684,21 @@ class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a variations) the <a id="dx1-18028"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> for child entries is followed by -</p><!--l. 3406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslistchildpostlocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3408--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3426--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to a full stop. -</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span +</p><!--l. 3429--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a id="dx1-18030"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should take into account situations where <span class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the document. -</p><!--l. 3416--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3434--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-18031"></a> package introduced two new commands in <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a @@ -6683,14 +6723,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>has been defined, as from v1.31 <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a id="dx1-18036"></a> defines: -</p><!--l. 3429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3431--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" > which simply does <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span @@ -6709,65 +6749,65 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>without affecting the other two commands, you now can. -</p><!--l. 3441--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3459--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a id="dx1-18038"></a>-like and <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a id="dx1-18039"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a id="dx1-18040"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> space with -</p><!--l. 3443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreeprelocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3445--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3463--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and -</p><!--l. 3447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3465--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreechildprelocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3467--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>) for child items. -</p><!--l. 3452--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span +</p><!--l. 3470--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package also provides: -</p><!--l. 3454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamedesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3456--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3474--><p class="noindent" > which is used by the <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a id="dx1-18044"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the description and the post-description hook. Similarly for the symbol: -</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamesymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3462--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3480--><p class="noindent" > The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don’t have the name or symbol displayed for the <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a id="dx1-18046"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child description: -</p><!--l. 3466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamechilddesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3468--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3470--><p class="indent" > For the <span +</p><!--l. 3486--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3488--><p class="indent" > For the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a id="dx1-18048"></a> styles (but not the <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a @@ -6775,44 +6815,44 @@ class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a id="dx1-18050"></a> styles), the description is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 3472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreedesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3474--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3492--><p class="noindent" > and the symbol with: -</p><!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreesymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3496--><p class="noindent" > Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The child entries use: -</p><!--l. 3481--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreechilddesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3483--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3501--><p class="noindent" > for the description and -</p><!--l. 3485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreechildsymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3487--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3505--><p class="noindent" > for the symbol. -</p><!--l. 3491--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span +</p><!--l. 3509--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some additional commands for use with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a @@ -6826,7 +6866,7 @@ class="cmss-10">notree</span></a><a id="dx1-18057"></a> option has been used when loading <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\gglssetwidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18058"></a> <span @@ -6835,13 +6875,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3501--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3519--><p class="noindent" > (New to version 1.21.) This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-18059"></a>) but performs a global assignment. -</p><!--l. 3506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\eglssetwidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18060"></a> <span @@ -6853,12 +6893,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3508--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3526--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>but performs a protected expansion on ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. This has a localised effect. For a global setting, use -</p><!--l. 3512--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3530--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\xglssetwidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18061"></a> <span @@ -6867,11 +6907,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3514--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3532--><p class="noindent" > The following only set the value if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is wider than the current value (new to version 1.23). Local update: -</p><!--l. 3517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsupdatewidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18062"></a> <span @@ -6880,9 +6920,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3519--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="noindent" > Global update: -</p><!--l. 3521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\gglsupdatewidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18063"></a> <span @@ -6891,10 +6931,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="noindent" > Locale update (expands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩): -</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\eglsupdatewidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18064"></a> <span @@ -6903,10 +6943,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3545--><p class="noindent" > Global update (expands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩): -</p><!--l. 3529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3547--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\xglsupdatewidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18065"></a> <span @@ -6915,26 +6955,26 @@ class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3534--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using -</p><!--l. 3535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3549--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3552--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using +</p><!--l. 3553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3555--><p class="noindent" > for the top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestsubname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3559--><p class="noindent" > for sub-entries, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the level number. -</p><!--l. 3544--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a +</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a id="dx1-18068"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -6949,12 +6989,12 @@ can’t replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just consist of and can be more efficient than iterating over all the defined entries using <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>. -</p><!--l. 3552--><p class="indent" > The command <span +</p><!--l. 3570--><p class="indent" > The command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-18072"></a> has a CamelCase synonym: -</p><!--l. 3554--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18073"></a> <span @@ -6962,9 +7002,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3556--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3574--><p class="noindent" > Similar commands are also provided: -</p><!--l. 3558--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3576--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18074"></a> <span @@ -6973,7 +7013,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">glossary</span> <span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3578--><p class="noindent" > This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only useful if the glossaries that use the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a @@ -6984,7 +7024,7 @@ next run.) -</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18076"></a> <span @@ -6992,22 +7032,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3570--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3588--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a id="dx1-18077"></a> key. This is useful if all levels should have the same width for the name. -</p><!--l. 3575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3593--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyName</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3577--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3595--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 3581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3599--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18079"></a> <span @@ -7015,11 +7055,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3601--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored. -</p><!--l. 3588--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18080"></a> <span @@ -7027,10 +7067,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3590--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3608--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 3594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18081"></a> <span @@ -7041,12 +7081,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3597--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3615--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length of the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 3602--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3620--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18082"></a> <span @@ -7057,10 +7097,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3604--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 3608--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18083"></a> <span @@ -7073,7 +7113,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">symbol register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3611--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3629--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a id="dx1-18084"></a><a @@ -7087,7 +7127,7 @@ class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>⟩ and the length of the widest <a id="dx1-18086"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 3619--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18087"></a> <span @@ -7100,10 +7140,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">symbol register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3640--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3644--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18088"></a> <span @@ -7114,7 +7154,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3629--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the symbol. The length of the widest <a @@ -7123,7 +7163,7 @@ class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3652--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18090"></a> <span @@ -7134,13 +7174,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3637--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3655--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 3641--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a +</p><!--l. 3659--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a id="dx1-18091"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is governed by -</p><!--l. 3643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18092"></a> <span @@ -7151,9 +7191,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3645--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3663--><p class="noindent" > for top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18093"></a> <span @@ -7164,27 +7204,27 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3649--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3667--><p class="noindent" > for sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 3652--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span +</p><!--l. 3670--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a id="dx1-18094"></a> style: -</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeInit</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18095"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3658--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions +</p><!--l. 3674--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3676--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions is provided by the length -</p><!--l. 3660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3678--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18096"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3664--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span +</p><!--l. 3680--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a id="dx1-18097"></a> style, see the documented code (<span @@ -7198,11 +7238,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span>. </p> -<!--l. 3671--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 3671--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3689--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 3689--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2> -</p><!--l. 3674--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as +</p><!--l. 3692--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as “laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the @@ -7216,10 +7256,10 @@ to be <span class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the glossary. -</p><!--l. 3686--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3704--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better abbreviation handling, with -</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19002"></a> <span @@ -7233,8 +7273,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3690--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3692--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span +</p><!--l. 3708--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3710--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a id="dx1-19003"></a> key to <span class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be @@ -7257,7 +7297,7 @@ href="#sec:categories"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 3702--><p class="indent" > See <a +</p><!--l. 3720--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#sec:nested"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span @@ -7268,10 +7308,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-19008"></a> within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 3706--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations +</p><!--l. 3724--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations or they may not be correctly applied. </div> -</p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3711--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3727--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3729--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-19009"></a> command provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by @@ -7285,7 +7325,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(see also href="#sec:acronymmods"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so -</p><!--l. 3715--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3733--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19011"></a> <span @@ -7298,7 +7338,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3717--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3735--><p class="noindent" > is now equivalent @@ -7324,7 +7364,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -</p><!--l. 3724--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3742--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package’s <span @@ -7344,13 +7384,13 @@ class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a styles provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar results.) -</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span +</p><!--l. 3752--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so, unlike the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within the same glossary. -</p><!--l. 3740--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on +</p><!--l. 3758--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on <a id="dx1-19016"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span @@ -7371,7 +7411,7 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-19021"></a>, the display and inline full forms are different. -</p><!--l. 3747--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span +</p><!--l. 3765--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-19022"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a @@ -7390,9 +7430,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a id="dx1-19026"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>. -</p><!--l. 3755--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary +</p><!--l. 3773--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary text using -</p><!--l. 3757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuseabbrvfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19027"></a> <span @@ -7401,11 +7441,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3759--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3777--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label that identifies the abbreviation style. Similarly for the formatting command use by the long form: -</p><!--l. 3763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuselongfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19028"></a> <span @@ -7414,15 +7454,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3765--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3783--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3> -<!--l. 3770--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are +<!--l. 3788--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can use -</p><!--l. 3773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20001"></a> <span @@ -7433,9 +7473,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3775--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="noindent" > before you define your abbreviations. -</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 3796--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (a control sequence) to accept a single argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in @@ -7447,21 +7487,21 @@ href="#catattr.tagging"><span class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a id="dx1-20002"></a> attribute set to “true”. For those cases it will use -</p><!--l. 3785--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrtagfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3805--><p class="noindent" > This command defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a id="dx1-20004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required. -</p><!--l. 3791--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 3809--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred @@ -7470,7 +7510,7 @@ class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩. As with redefining any commands, ensure that you don’t redefine something important. In fact, just forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention it. -</p><!--l. 3800--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span +</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list of category names. The <a href="#catattr.tagging"><span @@ -7481,7 +7521,7 @@ href="#sec:categories"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but this must be done before the glossary is displayed. -</p><!--l. 3807--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span +</p><!--l. 3825--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a @@ -7495,7 +7535,7 @@ class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116"> \GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag} </div> -<!--l. 3812--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span +<!--l. 3830--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For example: @@ -7514,18 +7554,18 @@ example:  <br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}  <br /> {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage} </div> -<!--l. 3827--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for +<!--l. 3845--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for entries with the <a href="#catattr.tagging"><span class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a id="dx1-20008"></a> attribute set. -</p><!--l. 3832--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3850--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3832--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3850--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 3835--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using: -</p><!--l. 3837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3853--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using: +</p><!--l. 3855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setabbreviationstyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21001"></a> <span @@ -7535,7 +7575,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3839--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3857--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style-name</span>⟩ is the name of the style and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label @@ -7557,11 +7597,11 @@ class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-21004"></a> attribute to <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>. -</p><!--l. 3850--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a +</p><!--l. 3868--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a different category to each group and set the style for the given category. </div> -</p><!--l. 3854--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 3872--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3874--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-21005"></a> is disabled by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -7582,7 +7622,7 @@ href="#sec:acronymmods"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is incompatible with all the commands described here. -<!--l. 3866--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span +<!--l. 3884--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-21007"></a>, @@ -7592,7 +7632,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-21009"></a>). The short form can be produced with: -</p><!--l. 3870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3888--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21010"></a> <span @@ -7603,12 +7643,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3872--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3890--><p class="noindent" > (Use this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a id="dx1-21011"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 3875--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with -</p><!--l. 3876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3893--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with +</p><!--l. 3894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21012"></a> <span @@ -7619,13 +7659,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3878--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3896--><p class="noindent" > (Use this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a id="dx1-21013"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 3881--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with -</p><!--l. 3882--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21014"></a> <span @@ -7636,11 +7676,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3884--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3902--><p class="noindent" > (This this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a id="dx1-21015"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 3887--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span +</p><!--l. 3905--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a id="dx1-21016"></a> for abbreviations, especially if you use the ⟨<span @@ -7648,8 +7688,8 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ optional argument. Use either <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a reset) or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3892--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3894--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format +</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format used on <a id="dx1-21017"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span @@ -7660,21 +7700,21 @@ class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a short form on <a id="dx1-21019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. -</p><!--l. 3901--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the +</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the commands described in <a href="#sec:headtitle"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 3905--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3907--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 3923--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3925--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ are the same as for commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands: -</p><!--l. 3911--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form: -</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3929--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form: +</p><!--l. 3930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21020"></a> <span @@ -7685,9 +7725,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3916--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form: -</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3932--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3934--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form: +</p><!--l. 3935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21021"></a> <span @@ -7698,9 +7738,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3921--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form: -</p><!--l. 3922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3939--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form: +</p><!--l. 3940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21022"></a> <span @@ -7711,12 +7751,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3924--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3926--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form: +</p><!--l. 3942--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3944--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form: -</p><!--l. 3927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3945--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21023"></a> <span @@ -7727,9 +7767,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3929--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form: -</p><!--l. 3932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3947--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3949--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form: +</p><!--l. 3950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21024"></a> <span @@ -7740,9 +7780,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3934--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3936--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form: -</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3952--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3954--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form: +</p><!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21025"></a> <span @@ -7753,10 +7793,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3939--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3941--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available. -</p><!--l. 3943--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals: -</p><!--l. 3944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3959--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available. +</p><!--l. 3961--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals: +</p><!--l. 3962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21026"></a> <span @@ -7767,8 +7807,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21027"></a> <span @@ -7779,8 +7819,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3949--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3967--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21028"></a> <span @@ -7791,9 +7831,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3952--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3954--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals: -</p><!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals: +</p><!--l. 3973--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21029"></a> <span @@ -7804,8 +7844,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3975--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21030"></a> <span @@ -7816,8 +7856,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3960--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3961--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3978--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3979--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21031"></a> <span @@ -7828,9 +7868,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3965--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals: -</p><!--l. 3966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals: +</p><!--l. 3984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21032"></a> <span @@ -7841,8 +7881,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3968--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3986--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21033"></a> <span @@ -7853,8 +7893,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3971--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21034"></a> <span @@ -7865,8 +7905,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3976--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span +</p><!--l. 3992--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3994--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and @@ -7881,13 +7921,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>etc. </div> -</p><!--l. 3982--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3984--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4000--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3984--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4002--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3> -<!--l. 3987--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option +<!--l. 4005--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span @@ -7909,7 +7949,7 @@ href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table 3.1</a>. -<!--l. 3994--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -8227,10 +8267,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 4032--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4050--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4 </span> <a id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 4035--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a +<!--l. 4053--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a regular entry (so that <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-23001"></a> uses <span @@ -8241,7 +8281,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-23003"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a id="dx1-23004"></a>). -</p><!--l. 4040--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a +</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-23005"></a> attribute to “true” for the @@ -8266,7 +8306,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-23013"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4049--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a +</p><!--l. 4067--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-23014"></a> attribute. The <span @@ -8286,17 +8326,17 @@ format (through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a id="dx1-23019"></a> that are defined by the style). -</p><!--l. 4057--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a +</p><!--l. 4075--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a id="dx1-23020"></a>first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-23021"></a> may not match the text produced by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a id="dx1-23022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions). -</p><!--l. 4061--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span +</p><!--l. 4079--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles described here. -</p><!--l. 4064--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span +</p><!--l. 4082--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-23023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold @@ -8305,52 +8345,52 @@ class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a id="dx1-23024"></a> package with the <span class="cmss-10">T1</span> option or something similar. </div> -</p><!--l. 4070--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4072--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 4088--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4090--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-23025"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 4074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrparen</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4076--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4094--><p class="noindent" > to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text: (⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 4080--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 4098--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-23027"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-23028"></a> use -</p><!--l. 4082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4102--><p class="noindent" > for the short form. This just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. (That is, no font change is applied.) On first use, -</p><!--l. 4087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4089--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4107--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. By default, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 4092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongdefaultfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23031"></a> <span @@ -8360,74 +8400,74 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4094--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4112--><p class="noindent" > which again just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (no font change). On first use, -</p><!--l. 4096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4098--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4116--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the short form is given by -</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4119--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4103--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4121--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a id="dx1-23034"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4106--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 4124--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a id="dx1-23035"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a id="dx1-23036"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 4108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvscfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4110--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-23038f1"></a> On first use -</p><!--l. 4116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4134--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4118--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4136--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span> to change first and subsequent uses or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the first use. -</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span +</p><!--l. 4141--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 4126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4144--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrscsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4146--><p class="noindent" > This is defined as @@ -8436,7 +8476,7 @@ This is defined as <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}} </div> -<!--l. 4132--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 4150--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a id="dx1-23041"></a> command is provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off the @@ -8456,51 +8496,51 @@ attributes. See <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 4143--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 4161--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a id="dx1-23045"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a id="dx1-23046"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 4145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4147--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4165--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a id="dx1-23048"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use -</p><!--l. 4152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4154--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4172--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 4157--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span +</p><!--l. 4175--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 4160--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4162--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. -</p><!--l. 4165--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 4183--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a id="dx1-23051"></a> or <a @@ -8508,36 +8548,36 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a id="dx1-23052"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4185--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvemfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4169--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4187--><p class="noindent" > On first use -</p><!--l. 4171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvemfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4173--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4191--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 4176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtremsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23055"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4178--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4196--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic style unless the style is a “long-em” style. -</p><!--l. 4183--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 4201--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a id="dx1-23056"></a> or <a @@ -8545,19 +8585,19 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a id="dx1-23057"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 4185--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4187--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>and -</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongemfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23059"></a> <span @@ -8567,7 +8607,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4191--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4209--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span @@ -8575,126 +8615,126 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The first form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span> is initialised to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. -</p><!--l. 4195--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands: -</p><!--l. 4196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4213--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands: +</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4198--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4216--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4202--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslonguserfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonguserfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4228--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 4212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4232--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 4217--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles: -</p><!--l. 4218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4235--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles: +</p><!--l. 4236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvhyphenfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4242--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 4226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslonghyphenfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4228--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 4230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4232--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4250--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 4234--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4252--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphensuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4236--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4254--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 4239--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 4257--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a id="dx1-23070"></a>: -</p><!--l. 4241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4259--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvonlyfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4243--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4261--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 4245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4247--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongonlyfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongonlyfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23074"></a> <span @@ -8704,25 +8744,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4273--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 4257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4275--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlysuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23075"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4259--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4277--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 4262--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of +</p><!--l. 4280--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To move it inside, use: -</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23076"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4285--><p class="noindent" > This applies to all the predefined styles. For example: @@ -8733,17 +8773,17 @@ This applies to all the predefined styles. For example:  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}  <br />\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </div> -<!--l. 4273--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default +<!--l. 4291--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default (without <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the emphasized font. -</p><!--l. 4278--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a +</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-23077"></a>, the inserted text would be placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the above example). -</p><!--l. 4282--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span +</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in @@ -8757,8 +8797,8 @@ convert its argument to lowercase. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120"> \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 4289--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it +<!--l. 4307--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it easier to redefine this command to convert case: @@ -8768,16 +8808,16 @@ easier to redefine this command to convert case: \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 4297--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4299--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use -</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4315--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4317--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use +</p><!--l. 4318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4320--><p class="noindent" > as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by default, but may be changed as required. For example: @@ -8787,7 +8827,7 @@ default, but may be changed as required. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~} </div> -<!--l. 4307--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 4325--><p class="nopar" > or @@ -8795,8 +8835,8 @@ default, but may be changed as required. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 4311--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4313--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p> +<!--l. 4329--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4331--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span @@ -8807,7 +8847,7 @@ class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩[<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>⟩][<span class="cmtt-10">-user</span>] - <!--l. 4318--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span + <!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ parts may be omitted. These styles display ⟨<span @@ -8817,25 +8857,25 @@ class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ or ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ starts with “no” then that element is omitted from the display style (no parenthetical part) but is included in the inline style. - </p><!--l. 4324--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + </p><!--l. 4342--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ part is present, then the field has a font changing command applied to it. The special modifier <span class="cmtt-10">-only </span>indicates that field is only present according to whether or not the entry has been used. - </p><!--l. 4329--><p class="noindent" >If <span + </p><!--l. 4347--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ is placed after the <a id="dx1-23079"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the post-link hook. - </p><!--l. 4332--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + </p><!--l. 4350--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a id="dx1-23080"></a> value, if provided, is inserted into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material may be changed.) - </p><!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 4354--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span @@ -8891,7 +8931,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont </span>on first <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span> - <!--l. 4360--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a + <!--l. 4378--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-23087"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the @@ -8907,7 +8947,7 @@ href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a id="dx1-23090"></a> style is a minor variation that style that doesn’t set the attribute. - </p><!--l. 4367--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a + </p><!--l. 4385--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a id="dx1-23091"></a>, that have @@ -8925,7 +8965,7 @@ class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩]<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span class="cmtt-10">footnote</span> - <!--l. 4377--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span + <!--l. 4395--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If <span class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a @@ -8934,12 +8974,12 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the post-link hook. The inline style does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by the other field in parentheses. - </p><!--l. 4383--><p class="noindent" >If <span + </p><!--l. 4401--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩ is present, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ has a font-changing command applied to it. - </p><!--l. 4386--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 4404--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span @@ -8953,21 +8993,21 @@ class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span></a><a id="dx1-23095"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in the footnote outside of the <a id="dx1-23096"></a>link-text.</li></ul> - <!--l. 4394--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations + <!--l. 4412--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations where <span class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a id="dx1-23097"></a> doesn’t work. </div> - </p><!--l. 4397--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4415--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-desc</span> - <!--l. 4401--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span + <!--l. 4419--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ but the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-23098"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations with this style. - </p><!--l. 4404--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 4422--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span @@ -8989,12 +9029,12 @@ class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span></a><a </li></ul> -<!--l. 4414--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04 +<!--l. 4432--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04 styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning using: -</p><!--l. 4420--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23103"></a> <span @@ -9005,17 +9045,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">old-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4422--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">old-name</span>⟩ is the deprecated name and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">new-name</span>⟩ is the preferred name. You can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing. -</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4446--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4428--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4446--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.1 </span> <a id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4> -<!--l. 4431--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a +<!--l. 4449--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-24001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories @@ -9031,12 +9071,12 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-24004"></a> is set to the short form through the command - <!--l. 4439--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4457--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortnolongname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4441--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4459--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for the other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -9049,7 +9089,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) for it to take effect. Make sure to <span class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>any formatting commands (or anything else that shouldn’t be expanded). - </p><!--l. 4450--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 4468--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-24006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ @@ -9204,12 +9244,12 @@ class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-24035"></a> is set to the full form obtained by expanding - <!--l. 4497--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4515--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortdescname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4499--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for the other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -9222,7 +9262,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>fragile and formatting commands and only redefin before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). - </p><!--l. 4506--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 4524--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-24037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use the <a @@ -9329,18 +9369,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). - <!--l. 4542--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 4560--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-24060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-24061"></a> key is also set to the long form, but this is done by expanding - </p><!--l. 4545--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4563--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4547--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4565--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for the other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -9350,7 +9390,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">-desc </span>styles, unless indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are defined, and any fragile or formatting commands within it need protecting. - </p><!--l. 4553--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-24063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles won’t display the short form. You can use the post-description hook to @@ -9457,12 +9497,12 @@ class="cmss-10">sort</span><a class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-24087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by expanding - <!--l. 4594--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4612--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongnoshortname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24088"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4596--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -9470,7 +9510,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">-noshort</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ styles, unless indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are defined, and fragile or formatting commands should be protected. - </p><!--l. 4603--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 4621--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-24089"></a> is set to the long form. </p></dd><dt class="description"> @@ -9569,12 +9609,12 @@ href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-24111"></a> attribute. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.2 </span> <a id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4> -<!--l. 4643--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a +<!--l. 4661--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-25001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has @@ -9596,12 +9636,12 @@ class="cmss-10">sort</span><a class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25005"></a> is also set to the short form through - <!--l. 4654--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4672--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4656--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4674--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -9614,7 +9654,7 @@ class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ styles, unless indicated class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with <span class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. - </p><!--l. 4666--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 4684--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-25007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated by <span @@ -9687,12 +9727,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>shows the long form followed by the short for The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25022"></a> field is obtained from - <!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4711--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlyname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlyname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4695--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4713--><p class="noindent" > Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced @@ -9713,12 +9753,12 @@ class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25026"></a> field is obtained from - <!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlydescname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4709--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4727--><p class="noindent" > Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced @@ -9750,12 +9790,12 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-25032"></a> style but additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This checks the value of the field given by - <!--l. 4726--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4744--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4746--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a @@ -9773,7 +9813,7 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field-value</span>⟩). The format is governed by - </p><!--l. 4736--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4754--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserparen</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25036"></a> <span @@ -9782,7 +9822,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4738--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the short form (for the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span @@ -9802,7 +9842,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-25040"></a> is set to - </p><!--l. 4745--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuserdescription</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25041"></a> <span @@ -9811,13 +9851,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4747--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4765--><p class="noindent" > The default definition ignores the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and encapsulates ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ with <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont</span>. - </p><!--l. 4751--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 4769--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span>(see above). The @@ -9838,7 +9878,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a id="dx1-25044"></a> style. - </p><!--l. 4759--><p class="noindent" >For example: + </p><!--l. 4777--><p class="noindent" >For example: @@ -9850,35 +9890,35 @@ class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a  <br /> [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]  <br /> {dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V} </div> - <!--l. 4769--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 4787--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 4772--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span + <!--l. 4790--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> User Group (TUG)</p></div> - <!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 4792--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 4776--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung <span class="TEX">T<span + <!--l. 4794--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> e.V (DANTE, German Speaking <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> User Group)</p></div> - <!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to - </p><!--l. 4780--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4797--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to + </p><!--l. 4798--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4782--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4800--><p class="noindent" > and the plural suffix is given by - </p><!--l. 4784--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4802--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4786--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 4788--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps + </p><!--l. 4804--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a @@ -9892,7 +9932,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a \renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} </div> - <!--l. 4794--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4812--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span @@ -9939,12 +9979,12 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). Before version 1.04, this was incorrectly set to the short form. If you want to revert back to this you can redefine - <!--l. 4811--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4813--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4831--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -9953,7 +9993,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok} </div> - <!--l. 4817--><p class="nopar" > The <span + <!--l. 4835--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-25059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short forms are separated by <span @@ -9961,12 +10001,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25060"></a> field is obtained from - </p><!--l. 4821--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4839--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4823--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4841--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -10065,7 +10105,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25081"></a> key is obtained from - <!--l. 4861--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4879--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25082"></a> <span @@ -10073,12 +10113,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4863--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4881--><p class="noindent" > Again, this should only be redefined before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting. - </p><!--l. 4867--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 4885--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-25083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of <span @@ -10141,15 +10181,15 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a id="dx1-25097"></a> style. - <!--l. 4890--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 4908--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25098"></a> field is obtained from - </p><!--l. 4891--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4909--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25099"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4893--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4911--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -10231,12 +10271,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen</span><a class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25115"></a> field is obtained by expanding - <!--l. 4927--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4945--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25116"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4929--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4947--><p class="noindent" > Again, this should only be redefined before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span @@ -10283,12 +10323,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25125"></a> field is obtained from - <!--l. 4946--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4964--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25126"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4948--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4966--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -10377,17 +10417,17 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a - <!--l. 4980--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4998--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25144"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4982--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5000--><p class="noindent" > Again, this should only be redefined before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting. - </p><!--l. 4986--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 5004--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-25145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of <span @@ -10410,7 +10450,7 @@ class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a marker may be, if the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-25150"></a> package is used). - <!--l. 4997--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span + <!--l. 5015--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -10421,12 +10461,12 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25153"></a> key is obtained by expanding - </p><!--l. 5001--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 5019--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfootnotename</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25154"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotename </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5003--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -10438,8 +10478,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">footnote </span>styles, unless class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile or formatting commands should be protected from expansion. - </p><!--l. 5010--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use: - </p><!--l. 5011--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 5028--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use: + </p><!--l. 5029--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25155"></a> <span @@ -10447,21 +10487,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5013--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5031--><p class="noindent" > to format the long form on <a id="dx1-25156"></a>first use or for the full form and - </p><!--l. 5015--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 5033--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongfootnotefont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25157"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5017--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5035--><p class="noindent" > to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>). - </p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use: - </p><!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 5039--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use: + </p><!--l. 5040--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25158"></a> <span @@ -10470,7 +10510,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5042--><p class="noindent" > By default, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a id="dx1-25159"></a><span @@ -10488,7 +10528,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For  <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 5032--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink: + <!--l. 5050--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink: @@ -10498,7 +10538,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For  <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}: #2}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 5038--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span + <!--l. 5056--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference (see <a href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span @@ -10589,7 +10629,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. This will also defer the footnote <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a id="dx1-25179"></a>. - <!--l. 5075--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span + <!--l. 5093--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -10740,7 +10780,7 @@ href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a id="dx1-25212"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted using - <!--l. 5136--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 5154--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25213"></a> <span @@ -10758,7 +10798,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5138--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5156--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span @@ -10776,7 +10816,7 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25216"></a> key is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname</span>. - </p><!--l. 5148--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 5166--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) type of styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span @@ -10785,7 +10825,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form is: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 5153--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 5171--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span @@ -10795,7 +10835,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩)</p></div> - <!--l. 5156--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by + <!--l. 5174--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -10804,7 +10844,7 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ may be moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>. - </p><!--l. 5161--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span + </p><!--l. 5179--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: @@ -10815,7 +10855,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using:  <br />\setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}  <br />\newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol} </div> - <!--l. 5166--><p class="nopar" > then + <!--l. 5184--><p class="nopar" > then @@ -10823,10 +10863,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130"> \gls{ip}[-Adressen] </div> - <!--l. 5170--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 5188--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 5173--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> - <!--l. 5175--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas + <!--l. 5191--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> + <!--l. 5193--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas @@ -10834,11 +10874,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131"> \gls{ip}[ Address] </div> - <!--l. 5178--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 5196--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 5181--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div> - <!--l. 5183--><p class="noindent" >on first use. - </p><!--l. 5185--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like + <!--l. 5199--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div> + <!--l. 5201--><p class="noindent" >on first use. + </p><!--l. 5203--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that @@ -10848,12 +10888,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132"> \glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen] </div> - <!--l. 5190--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 5208--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 5193--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div> + <!--l. 5211--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div> </div> - <!--l. 5195--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 5197--><p class="noindent" >If the <a + <!--l. 5213--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5215--><p class="noindent" >If the <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a id="dx1-25218"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of @@ -10864,11 +10904,11 @@ class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133"> \gls{ip}[-Adressen] </div> - <!--l. 5201--><p class="nopar" > would do + <!--l. 5219--><p class="nopar" > would do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 5204--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> - <!--l. 5206--><p class="noindent" >instead. - </p><!--l. 5208--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span + <!--l. 5222--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> + <!--l. 5224--><p class="noindent" >instead. + </p><!--l. 5226--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is likely to contain commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, then use <a @@ -10876,8 +10916,8 @@ href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-25219"></a> instead to avoid nested links. </div> - </p><!--l. 5212--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 5214--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine + </p><!--l. 5230--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5232--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps @@ -10890,7 +10930,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps \renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} </div> - <!--l. 5220--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations. + <!--l. 5238--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span @@ -10927,7 +10967,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span></a><a class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a id="dx1-25225"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 5241--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 5259--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-25226"></a> but the user @@ -10941,7 +10981,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>. class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a id="dx1-25228"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 5248--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 5266--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-25229"></a> but the @@ -10967,7 +11007,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> where - </p><!--l. 5256--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 5274--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25230"></a> <span @@ -10976,7 +11016,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5258--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5276--><p class="noindent" > is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br />⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ (<span @@ -10988,15 +11028,15 @@ class="cmti-10">isnert</span>⟩) - </p><!--l. 5264--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span + </p><!--l. 5282--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-25231"></a>.) </div> - </p><!--l. 5267--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 5269--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use: - </p><!--l. 5270--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 5285--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5287--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use: + </p><!--l. 5288--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphen</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25232"></a> <span @@ -11008,7 +11048,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5272--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5290--><p class="noindent" > checks if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally @@ -11021,15 +11061,15 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ for this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. - </p><!--l. 5281--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span + </p><!--l. 5299--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div> - </p><!--l. 5284--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 5286--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span + </p><!--l. 5302--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5304--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span> behaves differently to the first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better @@ -11046,7 +11086,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a id="dx1-25233"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 5293--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 5311--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-25234"></a> @@ -11066,7 +11106,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-25237"></a>, except that the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. The full form is formatted using - <!--l. 5303--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25238"></a> <span @@ -11081,7 +11121,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5305--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5323--><p class="noindent" > which behaves in an analogous way to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -11094,7 +11134,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>. class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a id="dx1-25240"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 5311--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 5329--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-25241"></a> but the user @@ -11137,7 +11177,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> where - <!--l. 5326--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 5344--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25245"></a> <span @@ -11146,7 +11186,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5328--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5346--><p class="noindent" > is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to those used with <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span @@ -11156,15 +11196,15 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-25247"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>. - </p><!--l. 5333--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span + </p><!--l. 5351--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div> - </p><!--l. 5336--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 5338--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span + </p><!--l. 5354--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span> behaves differently to the first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better @@ -11181,7 +11221,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a id="dx1-25248"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 5345--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 5363--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-25249"></a> @@ -11192,13 +11232,13 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>. </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 5352--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5370--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5352--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5370--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.5 </span> <a id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 5355--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using: -</p><!--l. 5356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5373--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using: +</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviationstyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26001"></a> <span @@ -11210,11 +11250,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5358--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5359--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a @@ -11223,7 +11263,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-26003"></a> command. -</p><!--l. 5366--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span +</p><!--l. 5384--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> unless you have reverted <span @@ -11237,17 +11277,17 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5375--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5391--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5393--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should redefine -</p><!--l. 5378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5380--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="noindent" > to set the entry fields including the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-26007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted), @@ -11265,12 +11305,12 @@ class="cmss-10">plural</span><a <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-26013"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5387--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 5405--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div> -</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5392--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5410--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-26014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span @@ -11292,14 +11332,14 @@ class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:  <br />    plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%  <br />    description={\the\glslongtok}}% </div> -<!--l. 5406--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span +<!--l. 5424--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-26015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-26016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 5410--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5428--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-26017"></a>, use commands like <span @@ -11317,17 +11357,17 @@ be defined as appropriate in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument even if they’re not used within <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>. -</p><!--l. 5419--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument may also redefine -</p><!--l. 5420--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5422--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="noindent" > which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do nothing.) -</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-26020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span @@ -11346,7 +11386,7 @@ class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:  <br />    {}%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 5437--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a +<!--l. 5455--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a id="dx1-26021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a @@ -11358,53 +11398,53 @@ href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a id="dx1-26023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category. -</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the +</p><!--l. 5462--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the following token registers. -</p><!--l. 5447--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>): -</p><!--l. 5448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsshorttok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5450--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5452--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 5468--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>): -</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsshortpltok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5455--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="noindent" > (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user through the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-26026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-26027"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 5460--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 5478--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>): -</p><!--l. 5461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongtok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 5481--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5483--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>): -</p><!--l. 5466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongpltok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5468--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="noindent" > (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user through the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-26030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-26031"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a +</p><!--l. 5491--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a id="dx1-26032"></a>). The @@ -11412,19 +11452,19 @@ above registers reflect the modification. If you want to access the original (unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands: -</p><!--l. 5478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorgshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5480--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="noindent" > for the short form and -</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorglong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5502--><p class="noindent" > for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-26035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that @@ -11432,44 +11472,44 @@ class="cmss-10">sort</span><a may be added by the attribute setting.) -</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span +</p><!--l. 5506--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>: -</p><!--l. 5491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslabeltok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5493--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5511--><p class="noindent" > which contains the entry’s label and -</p><!--l. 5495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glskeylisttok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5515--><p class="noindent" > which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-26038"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5501--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span +</p><!--l. 5519--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above. The category label can be access through the command (not a register): -</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscategorylabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5506--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5524--><p class="noindent" > This may be used inside the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>. -</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use -</p><!--l. 5511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5528--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use +</p><!--l. 5529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5531--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span @@ -11483,68 +11523,68 @@ style simply does <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137"> \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc} </div> -<!--l. 5518--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span +<!--l. 5536--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5521--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5539--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document. This argument should redefine the following commands. -</p><!--l. 5525--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span +</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-26042"></a> key): -</p><!--l. 5527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5529--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5547--><p class="noindent" > (Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.) -</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a +</p><!--l. 5551--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a id="dx1-26044"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms: -</p><!--l. 5534--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5552--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5536--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5538--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like +</p><!--l. 5554--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5556--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-26046"></a>: -</p><!--l. 5540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5558--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5542--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a +</p><!--l. 5560--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5562--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a id="dx1-26048"></a>first use or in the full forms: -</p><!--l. 5545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5547--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5549--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span +</p><!--l. 5565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5567--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use: -</p><!--l. 5551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5569--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5553--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5555--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 5571--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5573--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-26051"></a> on <a id="dx1-26052"></a>first use for @@ -11552,7 +11592,7 @@ abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-26053"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 5558--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5576--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26054"></a> <span @@ -11561,8 +11601,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5560--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5562--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 5578--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5580--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-26055"></a> on <a @@ -11570,7 +11610,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-26057"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 5565--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26058"></a> <span @@ -11579,8 +11619,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5567--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5569--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 5585--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a id="dx1-26059"></a> on <a id="dx1-26060"></a>first use for @@ -11588,7 +11628,7 @@ abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-26061"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26062"></a> <span @@ -11600,8 +11640,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5574--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5576--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 5592--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5594--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a id="dx1-26063"></a> on <a @@ -11610,7 +11650,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-26065"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26066"></a> <span @@ -11619,12 +11659,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5581--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5583--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5601--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the display full forms. -</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 5605--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a id="dx1-26067"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a @@ -11632,7 +11672,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a id="dx1-26069"></a>): -</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26070"></a> <span @@ -11642,14 +11682,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5591--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5593--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a id="dx1-26071"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a id="dx1-26072"></a>): -</p><!--l. 5595--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26073"></a> <span @@ -11659,8 +11699,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5597--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 5615--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a id="dx1-26074"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a @@ -11668,7 +11708,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a id="dx1-26076"></a>): -</p><!--l. 5601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5619--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26077"></a> <span @@ -11678,14 +11718,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5603--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5605--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 5621--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a id="dx1-26078"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a id="dx1-26079"></a>): -</p><!--l. 5607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5625--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26080"></a> <span @@ -11695,16 +11735,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is +</p><!--l. 5627--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5629--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for abbreviations with the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-26081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these commands, the default values are used. -</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change: -</p><!--l. 5618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5635--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change: +</p><!--l. 5636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26082"></a> <span @@ -11713,9 +11753,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5620--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5622--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case: -</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5638--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5640--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case: +</p><!--l. 5641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26083"></a> <span @@ -11724,12 +11764,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5625--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5643--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5627--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change: -</p><!--l. 5628--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5645--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change: +</p><!--l. 5646--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26084"></a> <span @@ -11739,9 +11779,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5630--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5632--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case: -</p><!--l. 5633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5648--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5650--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case: +</p><!--l. 5651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26085"></a> <span @@ -11751,8 +11791,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5635--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5637--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span +</p><!--l. 5653--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5655--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-26086"></a> use the following <span @@ -11771,7 +11811,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ command.) -</p><!--l. 5645--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 5663--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-26088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span @@ -11809,17 +11849,17 @@ class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩:  <br />    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 5675--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the +<!--l. 5693--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the display versions. -</p><!--l. 5679--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use -</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5697--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use +</p><!--l. 5698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26089"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5682--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5700--><p class="noindent" > within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the @@ -11835,8 +11875,8 @@ class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">   \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}% </div> -<!--l. 5688--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5690--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a +<!--l. 5706--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5708--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-26091"></a> that displays @@ -11857,7 +11897,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textsf</span>:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5703--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions +<!--l. 5721--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions such as <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a @@ -11870,18 +11910,18 @@ class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified styles. -</p><!--l. 5711--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code +</p><!--l. 5729--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). </p> -<!--l. 5714--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5714--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5732--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5732--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2> -</p><!--l. 5717--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5735--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter or section titles. The principle problems are: </p> @@ -11915,9 +11955,9 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-27004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of contents.</li></ul> -<!--l. 5738--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark +<!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark issues). -</p><!--l. 5741--><p class="indent" > To get around all these problems, the <span +</p><!--l. 5759--><p class="indent" > To get around all these problems, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a @@ -11948,7 +11988,7 @@ this: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> \chapter{A Chapter about \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} </div> -<!--l. 5754--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span +<!--l. 5772--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-27008"></a>: @@ -11959,8 +11999,8 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a \chapter{A Chapter about  <br />\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}} </div> -<!--l. 5759--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5761--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do +<!--l. 5777--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5779--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span @@ -11974,7 +12014,7 @@ used by the standard page styles that display the chapter or section title in th header using <span class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a id="dx1-27009"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5772--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5790--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a id="dx1-27010"></a> and @@ -11983,20 +12023,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span><a id="dx1-27011"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc</span>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their former definitions using -</p><!--l. 5775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5777--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5795--><p class="noindent" > If you only want to restore <span class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc </span>you can use: -</p><!--l. 5779--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5781--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5799--><p class="noindent" > If you restore the header or table of contents commands, you’ll have to use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either simply using <span @@ -12010,19 +12050,19 @@ for the table of contents and page header. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143"> \chapter[A Chapter about \glsentryshort{html}]{A Chapter about \gls{html}} </div> -<!--l. 5788--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span +<!--l. 5806--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmarkhook </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrinmark</span> at the start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled with <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>. -</p><!--l. 5794--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span +</p><!--l. 5812--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they don’t conflict with the page style. -</p><!--l. 5800--><p class="indent" > The commands listed below all use <span +</p><!--l. 5818--><p class="indent" > The commands listed below all use <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a id="dx1-27014"></a> if <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a @@ -12031,7 +12071,7 @@ loaded so that the expandable non-formatted version is added to the PDF bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert the first letter to upper case aren’t expandable, the non-case-changing version is used for the bookmarks. -</p><!--l. 5806--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span +</p><!--l. 5824--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>(or equivalent) with the options <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a @@ -12044,7 +12084,7 @@ href="#catattr.headuc"><span class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a id="dx1-27018"></a> attribute to “true” for the appropriate category. -</p><!--l. 5814--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span +</p><!--l. 5832--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-27019"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter @@ -12062,239 +12102,239 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>. You may want to consider using the <span class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a id="dx1-27021"></a> package in this case. </div> -</p><!--l. 5825--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5827--><p class="indent" > Display the short form: -</p><!--l. 5828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5843--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5845--><p class="indent" > Display the short form: +</p><!--l. 5846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5830--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5832--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form: -</p><!--l. 5833--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5850--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form: +</p><!--l. 5851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5835--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5837--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form: -</p><!--l. 5838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5853--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5855--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form: +</p><!--l. 5856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5840--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5858--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 5843--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form: +</p><!--l. 5861--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form: -</p><!--l. 5844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5864--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 5849--><p class="indent" > Display the long form: -</p><!--l. 5850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5867--><p class="indent" > Display the long form: +</p><!--l. 5868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5852--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5854--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form: -</p><!--l. 5855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5870--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5872--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form: +</p><!--l. 5873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5857--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5859--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form: -</p><!--l. 5860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5875--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5877--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form: +</p><!--l. 5878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5862--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 5865--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form: -</p><!--l. 5866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5883--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form: +</p><!--l. 5884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5868--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5886--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 5871--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span +</p><!--l. 5889--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span class="cmti-10">inline</span> full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 5875--><p class="indent" > Display the full form: -</p><!--l. 5876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5893--><p class="indent" > Display the full form: +</p><!--l. 5894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5878--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5880--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form: -</p><!--l. 5881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5896--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5898--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form: +</p><!--l. 5899--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5883--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5885--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form: -</p><!--l. 5886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5901--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5903--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form: +</p><!--l. 5904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5888--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5906--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 5891--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form: -</p><!--l. 5892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5909--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form: +</p><!--l. 5910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5894--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5912--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 5897--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 5915--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-27034"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 5899--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmttext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5901--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5903--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 5904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5921--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 5922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmttext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5906--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5924--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 5909--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: +</p><!--l. 5927--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: -</p><!--l. 5910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5912--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5930--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5916--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5918--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 5934--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5936--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-27039"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 5920--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5922--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5924--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 5925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5942--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5927--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5945--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 5930--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 5948--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-27042"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 5932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5934--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5936--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 5937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5952--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5954--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 5955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5939--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 5942--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: -</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5960--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: +</p><!--l. 5961--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirstpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5945--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5963--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5949--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5967--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5951--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5951--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5969--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2> -</p><!--l. 5954--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span +</p><!--l. 5972--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-28001"></a> (or commands that internally use it such as <span @@ -12308,14 +12348,14 @@ of some control sequences, avoid problematic characters within the category labe class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-28004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters active.) -</p><!--l. 5963--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed +</p><!--l. 5981--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary type. Be careful not to confuse <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a id="dx1-28005"></a> with <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a id="dx1-28006"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5968--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span +</p><!--l. 5986--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-28007"></a>. @@ -12328,7 +12368,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>have the category set to <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-28009"></a> by default. -</p><!--l. 5975--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span +</p><!--l. 5993--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a id="dx1-28010"></a> with the <a href="#styopt.index"><span @@ -12354,20 +12394,20 @@ class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a option, that command will set the category to <span class="cmss-10">number</span><a id="dx1-28018"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5983--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 5984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6001--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using +</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6004--><p class="noindent" > This is equivalent to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist. -</p><!--l. 5991--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 5992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6009--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using +</p><!--l. 6010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28020"></a> <span @@ -12382,7 +12422,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5995--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6013--><p class="noindent" > This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -12408,7 +12448,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> so any restrictions that apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>. -<!--l. 6004--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span +<!--l. 6022--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-28022"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a @@ -12423,7 +12463,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>to determine whether to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>. -</p><!--l. 6012--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span +</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a @@ -12466,14 +12506,14 @@ href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a id="dx1-28032"></a> attribute then just redefine - <!--l. 6029--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6047--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6031--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6049--><p class="noindent" > to do nothing. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -12530,7 +12570,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility fields. - <!--l. 6058--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a + <!--l. 6076--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a full stop. For example: @@ -12542,7 +12582,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to  <br /> {dante}{DANTE e.V.}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\  <br />e.V.} </div> - <!--l. 6065--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span + <!--l. 6083--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-28044"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a @@ -12558,7 +12598,7 @@ class="cmss-10">user1</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145"> \glsuseri{dante}[.] </div> - <!--l. 6072--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a + <!--l. 6090--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a id="dx1-28047"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be discarded. @@ -12614,21 +12654,21 @@ class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry def class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-28055"></a> will automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with - <!--l. 6096--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6114--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrwordsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6098--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6116--><p class="noindent" > and each word is encapsulated with - </p><!--l. 6100--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 6118--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrword</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">word</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6102--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6120--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -12638,7 +12678,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true}  <br />\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol} </div> - <!--l. 6107--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as + <!--l. 6125--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as @@ -12647,7 +12687,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> \newabbreviation{ip}{IP}  <br />{\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}} </div> - <!--l. 6112--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a + <!--l. 6130--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-28058"></a>, take advantage of this @@ -12669,20 +12709,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. You can provide your own \newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%  <br /> {\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}} </div> - <!--l. 6124--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 6126--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to + <!--l. 6142--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </p><!--l. 6130--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span + </p><!--l. 6148--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup ending up in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-28060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> - </p><!--l. 6134--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6152--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span @@ -12698,20 +12738,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - <!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span + <!--l. 6160--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-28063"></a> key isn’t used. This setting will take precedence over <a href="#catattr.insertdots"><span class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a id="dx1-28064"></a>. - </p><!--l. 6146--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span + </p><!--l. 6164--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup ending up in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-28065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> - </p><!--l. 6150--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6168--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span @@ -12740,17 +12780,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - <!--l. 6164--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span + <!--l. 6182--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-28069"></a> key, you must explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot). </div> - </p><!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6188--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6172--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a + </p><!--l. 6190--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a id="dx1-28070"></a> attribute set to “true”. @@ -12833,7 +12873,7 @@ class="cmss-10">short</span><a \glssetcategoryattribute{initialism}{accessinsertdots}{true}  <br />\newabbreviation[category=initialism]{pi}{PI}{Private Investigator} </div> - <!--l. 6206--><p class="nopar" > This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span + <!--l. 6224--><p class="nopar" > This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a id="dx1-28086"></a> key in the optional argument of <span @@ -12999,7 +13039,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><a class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a id="dx1-28122"></a> should behave. - <!--l. 6267--><p class="noindent" >With <span + <!--l. 6285--><p class="noindent" >With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous @@ -13063,7 +13103,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords</span><a class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a id="dx1-28132"></a>). If you want to use a different command you can redefine: - <!--l. 6295--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6313--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28133"></a> <span @@ -13071,7 +13111,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -13080,7 +13120,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 6301--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span + <!--l. 6319--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why <span @@ -13088,7 +13128,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\xcapitalisefmtwords </span>is needed instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.) </p> </li></ul> - <!--l. 6308--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design + <!--l. 6326--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands. See the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a @@ -13111,7 +13151,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph} </div> - <!--l. 6321--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 6339--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.glossname"></a><span @@ -13158,10 +13198,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph} </div> - <!--l. 6341--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span + <!--l. 6359--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute hasn’t been set. - </p><!--l. 6345--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change, + </p><!--l. 6363--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change, such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span>. @@ -13228,7 +13268,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf} </div> - <!--l. 6375--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span + <!--l. 6393--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -13239,7 +13279,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar</span><a id="dx1-28153"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that expand to literal characters. - </p><!--l. 6383--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding + </p><!--l. 6401--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding <span class="cmtt-10">#</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ to the URL), then you also need to set <a @@ -13252,7 +13292,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ which is set by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to the entry’s label. - </p><!--l. 6389--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span + </p><!--l. 6407--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span> which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want @@ -13268,10 +13308,10 @@ class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel} </div> - <!--l. 6396--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span + <!--l. 6414--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust the above as appropriate.) - </p><!--l. 6400--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 6418--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩ then use <a @@ -13284,7 +13324,7 @@ href="#catattr.targetcategory"><span class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a id="dx1-28157"></a> for the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩ part. - </p><!--l. 6404--><p class="noindent" >For example: + </p><!--l. 6422--><p class="noindent" >For example: @@ -13294,11 +13334,11 @@ class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩ part.  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7} </div> - <!--l. 6409--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span + <!--l. 6427--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span> (page 7 of that PDF). - </p><!--l. 6413--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal + </p><!--l. 6431--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a @@ -13318,11 +13358,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a  <br />  category=external,  <br />  description={external example}} </div> - <!--l. 6429--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 6447--><p class="nopar" > </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 6434--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using: -</p><!--l. 6435--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6452--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using: +</p><!--l. 6453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetcategoryattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28159"></a> <span @@ -13335,17 +13375,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6437--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6455--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ is the category label, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is the attribute label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the new value for the attribute. -</p><!--l. 6442--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a +</p><!--l. 6460--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-28160"></a> attribute to “true”: -</p><!--l. 6444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6462--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetregularcategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28161"></a> <span @@ -13353,10 +13393,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6446--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6448--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the +</p><!--l. 6464--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6466--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the shortcut command: -</p><!--l. 6450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28162"></a> <span @@ -13369,13 +13409,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6452--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6470--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category. -</p><!--l. 6457--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using: -</p><!--l. 6459--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6475--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using: +</p><!--l. 6477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28163"></a> <span @@ -13386,10 +13426,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6479--><p class="noindent" > Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given entry: -</p><!--l. 6464--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28164"></a> <span @@ -13402,9 +13442,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</p><!--l. 6466--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6468--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using: -</p><!--l. 6470--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6486--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using: +</p><!--l. 6488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshascategoryattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28165"></a> <span @@ -13419,7 +13459,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6473--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6491--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-28166"></a>’s <span @@ -13428,7 +13468,7 @@ class="cmti-10">true code</span>⟩ if the attribute has been set and isn’t blank and isn’t <span class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from an entry is: -</p><!--l. 6478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshasattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28167"></a> <span @@ -13443,9 +13483,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6481--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6483--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using: -</p><!--l. 6485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6499--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using: +</p><!--l. 6503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategoryattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28168"></a> <span @@ -13462,7 +13502,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6487--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6505--><p class="noindent" > This tests if the attribute (given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩) for the category (given by ⟨<span @@ -13472,7 +13512,7 @@ class="cmti-10">true-part</span>⟩ is done. If the attribute isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is done. -</p><!--l. 6494--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 6512--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -13480,7 +13520,7 @@ class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is done. <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157"> \glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO HYPER}{HYPER} </div> -<!--l. 6497--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span +<!--l. 6515--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-28169"></a> category has the <a href="#catattr.nohyper"><span @@ -13488,16 +13528,16 @@ class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a id="dx1-28170"></a> attribute set to <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”. -</p><!--l. 6502--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a +</p><!--l. 6520--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a href="#catattr.nohyper"><span class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a id="dx1-28171"></a>, make sure you always test for <span class="cmtt-10">true</span> not <span class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set. -</p><!--l. 6505--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular +</p><!--l. 6523--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 6507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28172"></a> <span @@ -13514,13 +13554,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} {</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6509--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6511--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a +</p><!--l. 6527--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6529--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-28173"></a> attribute set to “true”: -</p><!--l. 6513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifregularcategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28174"></a> <span @@ -13533,9 +13573,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6515--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6533--><p class="noindent" > Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 6518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifregular</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28175"></a> <span @@ -13547,7 +13587,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6520--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6538--><p class="noindent" > Note that if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a @@ -13558,7 +13598,7 @@ href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-28177"></a> attribute has been set to “false”: -</p><!--l. 6524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregularcategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28178"></a> <span @@ -13571,9 +13611,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6526--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6544--><p class="noindent" > or for a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 6528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6546--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregular</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28179"></a> <span @@ -13585,15 +13625,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6530--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6548--><p class="noindent" > Again, if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-28180"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩, so these reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense. -</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using: -</p><!--l. 6537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 6553--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using: +</p><!--l. 6555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -13607,7 +13647,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6538--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6556--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated list ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ that have the category given by ⟨<span @@ -13623,9 +13663,9 @@ omitted, all glossaries are assumed. -</p><!--l. 6548--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given +</p><!--l. 6566--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given attribute using: -</p><!--l. 6550--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsforeachwithattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28181"></a> <span @@ -13645,18 +13685,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6552--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6570--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ for each entry that has a category with the attribute ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ set to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>⟩. The remaining arguments are as the previous command. -</p><!--l. 6557--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary +</p><!--l. 6575--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary field changing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a id="dx1-28182"></a>. Alternatively, you can use -</p><!--l. 6560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28183"></a> <span @@ -13666,7 +13706,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6580--><p class="noindent" > This will change the category to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ for each entry listed in the comma-separated list ⟨<span @@ -13675,9 +13715,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a id="dx1-28184"></a> so it will expand ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ and make the change global. -</p><!--l. 6568--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries +</p><!--l. 6586--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries using: -</p><!--l. 6570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6588--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28185"></a> <span @@ -13688,18 +13728,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6572--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6590--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels. </p> -<!--l. 6576--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6576--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6594--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6594--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a id="sec:countref"></a>Counting References</h2> -</p><!--l. 6579--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references: +</p><!--l. 6597--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-29002x1">Counting the total number of times <span @@ -13713,7 +13753,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that it’s available on the next <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run. - <!--l. 6589--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span + <!--l. 6607--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and is described in <a href="#sec:entrycount"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a @@ -13751,10 +13791,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span>. See <a href="#sec:linkcount"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 </a><a href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a> for further details.</li></ol> -<!--l. 6608--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6626--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</h3> -<!--l. 6611--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a +<!--l. 6629--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span @@ -13772,15 +13812,15 @@ you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). -</p><!--l. 6618--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used +</p><!--l. 6636--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used by commands that change the <a id="dx1-30004"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count. </div> -</p><!--l. 6624--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6626--><p class="indent" > With <span +</p><!--l. 6642--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6644--><p class="indent" > With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a id="dx1-30005"></a> instead of <span @@ -13830,9 +13870,9 @@ href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a id="dx1-30014"></a>). -</p><!--l. 6639--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span +</p><!--l. 6657--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available: -</p><!--l. 6641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGLS</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30015"></a> <span @@ -13843,9 +13883,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6643--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6661--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 6645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6663--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGLSpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30016"></a> <span @@ -13856,11 +13896,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6647--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6665--><p class="noindent" > These are analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use -</p><!--l. 6650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6668--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGLSformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30017"></a> <span @@ -13869,9 +13909,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6652--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6670--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 6654--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGLSplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30018"></a> <span @@ -13880,12 +13920,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6656--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6674--><p class="noindent" > which convert the analogous <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6660--><p class="indent" > Just using <span +</p><!--l. 6678--><p class="indent" > Just using <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>: @@ -13904,8 +13944,8 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 6682--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6684--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span +<!--l. 6700--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6702--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a @@ -13928,13 +13968,13 @@ class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 6709--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6711--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span +<!--l. 6727--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6729--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a id="dx1-30020"></a> now use -</p><!--l. 6713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6731--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30021"></a> <span @@ -13947,7 +13987,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6716--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6734--><p class="noindent" > to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ uses commands like <span @@ -13963,7 +14003,7 @@ class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ but the usual <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 6725--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: +</p><!--l. 6743--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: @@ -13981,7 +14021,7 @@ class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩).  <br /> {#3}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6738--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a +<!--l. 6756--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a id="dx1-30023"></a> @@ -13989,7 +14029,7 @@ attribute then the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ will be used if the previous count value (the number of times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the attribute. -</p><!--l. 6745--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than +</p><!--l. 6763--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than four: @@ -13998,8 +14038,8 @@ four: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161"> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4} </div> -<!--l. 6749--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6751--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the +<!--l. 6767--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6769--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a @@ -14008,7 +14048,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-30025"></a>, etc to use <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a id="dx1-30026"></a> etc: -</p><!--l. 6754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6772--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30027"></a> <span @@ -14019,7 +14059,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6756--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6774--><p class="noindent" > The first argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories. For each category, the <a @@ -14039,14 +14079,14 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩. In addition, this does:  <br />\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%  <br />\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}% </div> -<!--l. 6767--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents. -</p><!--l. 6771--><p class="indent" > If you use <span +<!--l. 6785--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents. +</p><!--l. 6789--><p class="indent" > If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will just set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a id="dx1-30029"></a> attribute for each listed category. -</p><!--l. 6775--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become: +</p><!--l. 6793--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become: @@ -14064,12 +14104,12 @@ class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 6797--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6799--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times +<!--l. 6815--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6817--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can use -</p><!--l. 6804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30030"></a> <span @@ -14082,22 +14122,22 @@ class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6806--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6824--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should be applied, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the trigger value and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ is the name of the counter used by the sectional unit. -</p><!--l. 6812--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 6830--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine, discrepancies will occur in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a id="dx1-30031"></a> counter. </div> -</p><!--l. 6816--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6818--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit +</p><!--l. 6834--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6836--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit counting in the same document. -</p><!--l. 6821--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span +</p><!--l. 6839--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ needs to be expandable. Since <span @@ -14112,7 +14152,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ if it exists otherwise it will use <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a +</p><!--l. 6846--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a id="dx1-30033"></a> (as before) and @@ -14123,53 +14163,53 @@ class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a href="#catattr.unitcount"><span class="cmss-10">unitcount</span></a><a id="dx1-30034"></a> (the name of the counter). -</p><!--l. 6831--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting +</p><!--l. 6849--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for this run: -</p><!--l. 6834--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6836--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6854--><p class="noindent" > and the final value from the previous run: -</p><!--l. 6838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6840--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="noindent" > In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In both commands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. -</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides: -</p><!--l. 6846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides: +</p><!--l. 6864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6848--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6866--><p class="noindent" > which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, and -</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6871--><p class="noindent" > which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run. -</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting. -</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter: +</p><!--l. 6874--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting. +</p><!--l. 6876--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter: @@ -14193,7 +14233,7 @@ which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 6889--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span +<!--l. 6907--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a @@ -14207,12 +14247,12 @@ only used once, which trips the suppression trigger, so in that chapter, the long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary file. -</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 6918--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger value. -</p><!--l. 6906--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 6924--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing suppression because it’s in the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a @@ -14222,18 +14262,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>. -</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following +</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following example document the trigger value is set to zero, which means the index suppression won’t be triggered, but the unit entry count is used to automatically suppress the hyperlink for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-30041"></a> by modifying the hook -</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6937--><p class="noindent" > which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the hyperlink. @@ -14261,22 +14301,22 @@ hyperlink.  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 6954--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6972--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each page. -</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span +</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a id="dx1-30043"></a> counter still applies. If the first instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurs at the top of the page within a paragraph that started on the previous page, then the count will continue from the previous page. -</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6981--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6963--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6981--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a id="sec:linkcount"></a>Link Counting</h3> -<!--l. 6966--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number +<!--l. 6984--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number @@ -14292,8 +14332,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>when displaying the <a id="dx1-31001"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>.) -</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6991--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command: +</p><!--l. 6992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31002"></a> <span @@ -14304,7 +14344,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a list of category labels. The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">master</span> @@ -14320,18 +14360,18 @@ href="#catattr.linkcountmaster"><span class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span></a><a id="dx1-31004"></a> attribute. -</p><!--l. 6985--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span +</p><!--l. 7003--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>increment the associated counter using -</p><!--l. 6987--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinclinkcounter</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinclinkcounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6989--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7007--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\stepcounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span @@ -14345,38 +14385,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>instead, just redefine this command: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinclinkcounter}[1]{\refstepcounter{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 6995--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6997--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using -</p><!--l. 6998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7013--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7015--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using +</p><!--l. 7016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7000--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7018--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined. -</p><!--l. 7004--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span +</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩) using -</p><!--l. 7006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7008--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7026--><p class="noindent" > (This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined.) -</p><!--l. 7011--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first +</p><!--l. 7029--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first needs to be incremented so terms that have been defined but haven’t been used in the document won’t have the associated count register allocated. </div> -</p><!--l. 7016--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7018--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using: -</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7034--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7036--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using: +</p><!--l. 7037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31008"></a> <span @@ -14388,18 +14428,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7021--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7039--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. -</p><!--l. 7024--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using -</p><!--l. 7025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7042--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using +</p><!--l. 7043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7027--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7045--><p class="noindent" > This simply expands to the counter name associated with the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ without any check for existence. For example, to change the display command @@ -14415,7 +14455,7 @@ class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167"> \csdef{the\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}} </div> -<!--l. 7034--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t +<!--l. 7052--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t convenient if you want to change the display for all entries. Instead, it’s simpler to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example: @@ -14430,9 +14470,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example:  <br /> {0}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7045--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span +<!--l. 7063--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>. -</p><!--l. 7049--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after +</p><!--l. 7067--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after the first reference. This redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a id="dx1-31011"></a> (which is used by both <span @@ -14470,7 +14510,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>).  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 7091--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span +<!--l. 7109--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a id="dx1-31012"></a> means that the options can override this. For example @@ -14481,7 +14521,7 @@ example <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170"> \gls[hyper=true]{sample1} </div> -<!--l. 7096--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span +<!--l. 7114--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting in <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a id="dx1-31013"></a>. If <span @@ -14490,7 +14530,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a is used instead, the <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting will override the setting provided in the optional argument. -</p><!--l. 7102--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a id="dx1-31015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a href="#catattr.linkcount"><span @@ -14509,7 +14549,7 @@ inequality test <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}>1 </div> -<!--l. 7110--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span +<!--l. 7128--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span> applied. If the test is changed to @@ -14522,9 +14562,9 @@ applied. If the test is changed to  <br /> \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%  <br />\fi </div> -<!--l. 7118--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span +<!--l. 7136--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>applied. -</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master +</p><!--l. 7140--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master counter: @@ -14533,16 +14573,16 @@ counter: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173"> \GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[section]{general} </div> -<!--l. 7126--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 7144--><p class="nopar" > </p> -<!--l. 7128--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7128--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7146--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7146--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2> -</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary, +</p><!--l. 7149--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary, and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span @@ -14552,7 +14592,7 @@ class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a id="dx1-32002"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7138--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7156--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a id="dx1-32003"></a> macro, used at the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a @@ -14570,14 +14610,14 @@ location in the glossary without fiddling around with the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-32007"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 7148--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span +</p><!--l. 7166--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the external glossary file is modified to check for the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a id="dx1-32008"></a> attribute. -</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through -</p><!--l. 7153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7170--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through +</p><!--l. 7171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32009"></a> <span @@ -14587,7 +14627,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7173--><p class="noindent" > This uses the standard <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a id="dx1-32010"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s @@ -14599,15 +14639,15 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the automated index. -</p><!--l. 7162--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by -</p><!--l. 7163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7180--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by +</p><!--l. 7181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7183--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. The default definition is: @@ -14617,12 +14657,12 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. The default def <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 7170--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span +<!--l. 7188--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s written to the index file. -</p><!--l. 7174--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using: -</p><!--l. 7175--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using: +</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32013"></a> <span @@ -14632,7 +14672,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7195--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is the command which needs to be set to the @@ -14646,31 +14686,31 @@ sort value. The default definition is:  <br />  \glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7184--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span +<!--l. 7202--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is then processed to escape any of <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-32014"></a>’s special characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual value. -</p><!--l. 7189--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is: -</p><!--l. 7190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7207--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is: +</p><!--l. 7208--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindex</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7210--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 7195--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span +</p><!--l. 7213--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a id="dx1-32016"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing. </div> -</p><!--l. 7198--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7200--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 7216--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7218--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-32017"></a> key, instead of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -14682,7 +14722,7 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 7204--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span +<!--l. 7222--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-32019"></a> field, if present, otherwise the <span @@ -14699,8 +14739,8 @@ class="cmss-10">sort</span><a  <br />  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7213--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span +<!--l. 7231--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7233--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is “true”, no encap will be added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example: @@ -14710,7 +14750,7 @@ added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf} </div> -<!--l. 7221--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span +<!--l. 7239--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold whereas @@ -14720,13 +14760,13 @@ whereas <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true} </div> -<!--l. 7226--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index. -</p><!--l. 7229--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter +<!--l. 7244--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index. +</p><!--l. 7247--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div> -</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7236--><p class="indent" > By default the <span +</p><!--l. 7252--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7254--><p class="indent" > By default the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-32021"></a> key won’t be used with the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span @@ -14736,13 +14776,13 @@ allow the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-32023"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 7240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7242--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7260--><p class="noindent" > If you use this command and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-32025"></a> has been loaded, then the <span @@ -14753,7 +14793,7 @@ environment will be modified to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a id="dx1-32028"></a> to allow formats that use that command. -</p><!--l. 7247--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a +</p><!--l. 7265--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a id="dx1-32029"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the @@ -14770,8 +14810,8 @@ class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a attribute will honour the <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a id="dx1-32033"></a> key. </div> -</p><!--l. 7253--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7255--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7271--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7273--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of <span class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a @@ -14791,41 +14831,41 @@ class="cmtt-10">\encapchar</span><a id="dx1-32039"></a> have been defined before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded). -</p><!--l. 7263--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set +</p><!--l. 7281--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set the correct characters. -</p><!--l. 7265--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div> -</p><!--l. 7267--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7283--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div> +</p><!--l. 7285--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7287--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7271--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7289--><p class="noindent" > Set the actual character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7276--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7294--><p class="noindent" > Set the level character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7297--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7281--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7299--><p class="noindent" > Set the escape (quote) character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32043"></a> <span @@ -14835,18 +14875,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7286--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7304--><p class="noindent" > Set the encap character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. </p> -<!--l. 7289--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7289--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7307--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7307--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2> -</p><!--l. 7292--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 7310--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span @@ -14855,8 +14895,8 @@ but they behave rather differently. If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7297--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7299--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7317--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-33001"></a><a @@ -14871,7 +14911,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using the href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a id="dx1-33003"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 7305--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span +</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of defining and using entries within the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a @@ -14884,14 +14924,14 @@ class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span> This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 7311--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7329--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7313--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7331--><p class="noindent" > When used, this defines the commands described below. -</p><!--l. 7316--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span +</p><!--l. 7334--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span @@ -14902,8 +14942,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there may be unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7340--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtr</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33009"></a> <span @@ -14914,7 +14954,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7326--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7344--><p class="noindent" > If an entry with the label ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has already been defined, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> @@ -14949,7 +14989,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> -<!--l. 7338--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span +<!--l. 7356--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be omitted from the ⟨<span @@ -14958,15 +14998,15 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-33010"></a> key must be provided in the optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩. </div> -</p><!--l. 7344--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7346--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 7364--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩ should be empty if the entry has already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a warning will be generated with -</p><!--l. 7349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarning</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33011"></a> <span @@ -14975,8 +15015,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7351--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7353--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span +</p><!--l. 7369--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7371--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span> below: @@ -14988,8 +15028,8 @@ below:  <br /> ... later  <br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} </div> -<!--l. 7359--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7361--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like: +<!--l. 7377--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7379--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like: @@ -15000,14 +15040,14 @@ below:  <br /> ... later  <br />\goose\ some more text here </div> -<!--l. 7367--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the +<!--l. 7385--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the preamble with <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-33012"></a> and then use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document. -</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span +</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>: -</p><!--l. 7373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33013"></a> <span @@ -15018,12 +15058,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7375--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7393--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 7378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtr</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33014"></a> <span @@ -15034,12 +15074,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7380--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7398--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 7383--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33015"></a> <span @@ -15050,12 +15090,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7385--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7403--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 7388--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an +</p><!--l. 7406--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> instead of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> (or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels @@ -15064,20 +15104,20 @@ without switching to <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, but it’s experimental and may not work in some cases. -</p><!--l. 7397--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span +</p><!--l. 7415--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any commands in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, even if they expand to just text. </div> -</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7419--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7403--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7403--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7421--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7421--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a id="sec:bib2gls"></a>bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases</h2> -</p><!--l. 7406--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a +</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a id="dx1-34001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -15100,7 +15140,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file which is loaded using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>). -</p><!--l. 7417--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to +</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to maintain the database and it reduces the <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> overhead by only defining the entries that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span @@ -15117,13 +15157,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a id="dx1-34006"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-34007"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span +</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist the integration of <a id="dx1-34008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-34009"></a> into the document build process. -</p><!--l. 7432--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a +</p><!--l. 7450--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a id="dx1-34010"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-34011"></a>. The full details and @@ -15132,7 +15172,7 @@ some sample documents are provided in the <a class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-34013"></a> <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls.pdf" >manual</a>. -</p><!--l. 7436--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span +</p><!--l. 7454--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be extracted with <a id="dx1-34014"></a><span @@ -15158,8 +15198,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a  <br />  description={a waterbird with a long neck}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7455--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations: +<!--l. 7473--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7475--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations: @@ -15183,8 +15223,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a  <br />  description={a simple interpreted server-side scripting language}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7479--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7481--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols: +<!--l. 7497--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7499--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols: @@ -15207,8 +15247,8 @@ preamble{"\providecommand{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}"}  <br />  description={a set}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7502--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7504--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a +<!--l. 7520--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7522--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a id="dx1-34016"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -15224,13 +15264,13 @@ class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185"> \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 7508--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off, +<!--l. 7526--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off, since <a id="dx1-34019"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-34020"></a></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations. -</p><!--l. 7513--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom +</p><!--l. 7531--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom <a id="dx1-34021"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span @@ -15250,12 +15290,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-34025"></a> key from being set. -</p><!--l. 7520--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7538--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <a id="dx1-34026"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-34027"></a> is loaded using: -</p><!--l. 7521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourcefile</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34028"></a> <span @@ -15265,20 +15305,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7541--><p class="noindent" > (Don’t include the file extension in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩.) There’s a shortcut version (recommended over the above) that sets ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ to use <span class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>: -</p><!--l. 7526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7528--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7546--><p class="noindent" > On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -15305,15 +15345,15 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the current value of -<!--l. 7540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +<!--l. 7558--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7541--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7559--><p class="noindent" > which is incremented at the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes regarding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. -</p><!--l. 7546--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7564--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -15333,7 +15373,7 @@ href="#fn2x9" id="fn2x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><a -<!--l. 7556--><p class="indent" > Since the <span +<!--l. 7574--><p class="indent" > Since the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file won’t exist on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, the <a href="#styopt.record"><span @@ -15355,16 +15395,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file the references should be resolved. This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the entry is defined is significantly larger than the placeholder ?? (as this can alter the page breaking). -</p><!--l. 7566--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span +</p><!--l. 7584--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the category code of <span class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal commands stored in the location field. </p> -<!--l. 7571--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7589--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a id="selection"></a>Selection</h3> -<!--l. 7573--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a +<!--l. 7591--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a id="dx1-35001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -15388,7 +15428,7 @@ methods), so you can do, for example, <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186"> \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsignore} </div> -<!--l. 7585--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and +<!--l. 7603--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and @@ -15396,9 +15436,9 @@ methods), so you can do, for example, <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187"> \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsnumberformat} </div> -<!--l. 7589--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from +<!--l. 7607--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from occurring in the location lists. -</p><!--l. 7593--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span +</p><!--l. 7611--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>don’t work with <a @@ -15412,8 +15452,8 @@ runs will only contain those entries that have been selected by <a class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-35008"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7598--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7600--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a +</p><!--l. 7616--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7618--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a id="dx1-35009"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-35010"></a> this in the @@ -15425,7 +15465,7 @@ options list. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}] </div> -<!--l. 7605--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the +<!--l. 7623--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. Those that don’t have any records will have an empty location list. See the <a @@ -15433,12 +15473,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. Those that don’t have any records will h href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-35012"></a></a> user manual for more details of this option. -</p><!--l. 7611--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7629--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7611--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7629--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2 </span> <a id="sortinganddisplayingtheglossary"></a>Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</h3> -<!--l. 7613--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a +<!--l. 7631--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a id="dx1-36001"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-36002"></a>. The default is to sort @@ -15464,7 +15504,7 @@ example:  <br />  sort=de-DE-1996 % sort according to this locale  <br />] </div> -<!--l. 7626--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of +<!--l. 7644--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of symbols you may find it more appropriate to use one of the letter-base sort methods that sort according to the Unicode value of each character. Alternatively you can provide a custom rule. See the <a @@ -15473,7 +15513,7 @@ href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-36007"></a></a> manual for full details of all the available sort methods. -</p><!--l. 7635--><p class="indent" > Since the <span +</p><!--l. 7653--><p class="indent" > Since the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references required within the document (selected according to the <span class="cmtt-10">selection </span>option) and the definitions have been written in @@ -15488,7 +15528,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>), described in href="#sec:printunsrt"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.2 </a><a href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>. -</p><!--l. 7643--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span +</p><!--l. 7661--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>, <span @@ -15512,7 +15552,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path. Then the document might look like:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 7665--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span +<!--l. 7683--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is: @@ -15523,7 +15563,7 @@ pdflatex mydoc  <br />bib2gls mydoc  <br />pdflatex mydoc </div> -<!--l. 7672--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span +<!--l. 7690--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span @@ -15562,7 +15602,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. These cross-referenced entries won’t have a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document build. -</p><!--l. 7689--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort +</p><!--l. 7707--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort methods: @@ -15584,8 +15624,8 @@ methods:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 7715--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7717--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span +<!--l. 7733--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7735--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>with the same <span class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-blocks. For example: @@ -15611,7 +15651,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-bloc  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 7746--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the +<!--l. 7764--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the second group has the title “Symbols” and then follow the usual letter groups. Note that for this example to work, you must run <a id="dx1-36016"></a><a @@ -15631,7 +15671,7 @@ pdflatex myDoc  <br />bib2gls -g myDoc  <br />pdflatex myDoc </div> -<!--l. 7757--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span +<!--l. 7775--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a id="dx1-36018"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding title with <span @@ -15640,7 +15680,7 @@ href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10 </a><a href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no title is set then the label is used as the group title. -</p><!--l. 7763--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using +</p><!--l. 7781--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -15940,13 +15980,13 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span><span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> -<!--l. 7811--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 7829--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7811--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7829--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3 </span> <a id="x1-370009.3"></a>The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</h3> -<!--l. 7814--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a +<!--l. 7832--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a @@ -15975,7 +16015,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> and it is expected that the sorting will be switched off (with the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">sort=none</span>). -</p><!--l. 7823--><p class="indent" > If <span +</p><!--l. 7841--><p class="indent" > If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-37009"></a> is loaded via the <a href="#styopt.record"><span @@ -15993,24 +16033,24 @@ document dialect (where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩ is the four letter script identifier, such as <span class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>). -</p><!--l. 7831--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshex</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshex </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7833--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7851--><p class="noindent" > This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string\u</span></span></span>, which is required when you need to indicate a Unicode character in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\u</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">hex</span>⟩ in some of the resource options (as illustrated above). -</p><!--l. 7839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7857--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscapturedgroup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7841--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7859--><p class="noindent" > This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string\$</span></span></span> and is used for the captured group reference in a replacement part of a regular expression substitution (requires at least <a @@ -16025,13 +16065,13 @@ version 1.5). For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195"> sort-replace={{([a-zA-Z])\string\.}{\glscapturedgroup1}} </div> -<!--l. 7847--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or +<!--l. 7865--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or A,…,Z. -</p><!--l. 7851--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span +</p><!--l. 7869--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option, you can test if the <span class="cmtt-10">childcount</span> field is non-zero using: -</p><!--l. 7853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37015"></a> <span @@ -16044,7 +16084,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7855--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7873--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero </span>and will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set. @@ -16054,12 +16094,12 @@ class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>to access the value. (It will be 0 in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.) -</p><!--l. 7861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidecommand</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7863--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7881--><p class="noindent" > This command is intended for use in <span class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span>. It’s simply defined to <span @@ -16084,7 +16124,7 @@ defined before the resource file is input). For example <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196"> @preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\int}{integral}"} </div> -<!--l. 7874--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a +<!--l. 7892--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a id="dx1-37022"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -16094,7 +16134,7 @@ this preamble code is written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file (as it is by default) then it won’t override the current definition (provided by the kernel or redefined by a package). -</p><!--l. 7881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7899--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37024"></a> <span @@ -16104,7 +16144,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7883--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7901--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperref</span><a id="dx1-37025"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span @@ -16140,12 +16180,12 @@ resource option. See the <a class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-37031"></a> manual for further details (at least version 1.4). -</p><!--l. 7897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7899--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7917--><p class="noindent" > A convenient shortcut for use in the <span class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases </span>setting. This provides aliases for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span @@ -16158,12 +16198,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">@bibtexentry </span>entry type id="dx1-37035"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-37036"></a> version 1.4). -</p><!--l. 7905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7907--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7925--><p class="noindent" > Defines storage keys for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s standard fields. Note that Bib<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span @@ -16185,7 +16225,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibaddress</span>. The class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>field can be accessed with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibtype</span>. Each of these commands takes the entry label as the sole argument. -</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7937--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-37040"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing mathematical Greek commands: <span @@ -16237,7 +16277,7 @@ provided. -</p><!--l. 7933--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the +</p><!--l. 7951--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the <span class="cmtt-10">sort-rule </span>resource option. If you want a rule for a specific locale, you can provide similar commands in a file called <span @@ -16302,7 +16342,7 @@ contains:  <br />}  <br />{}% glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty not loaded </div> -<!--l. 7983--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span +<!--l. 8001--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span class="cmtt-10">\string </span>is in case the <span class="cmtt-10">< </span>character has been made active.) You can provide more than one rule-block per local, to allow for loanwords or foreign words. @@ -16310,7 +16350,7 @@ For example, you could provide <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIRules</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIIRules</span> etc. -</p><!--l. 7990--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then +</p><!--l. 8008--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then they can be provided in a file given by <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩<span @@ -16330,7 +16370,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-Cyrl.ldf </span>could contain:  <br />  % an alternative set of Cyrillic rules  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8002--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through +<!--l. 8020--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a id="dx1-37062"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This @@ -16343,7 +16383,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a See the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a id="dx1-37065"></a> documentation for further details.) -</p><!--l. 8010--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or +</p><!--l. 8028--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or language, then you can provide a supplementary package. For example, if you have a package called, say, <span class="cmss-10">mapsymbols </span>that provides map symbols, then the file @@ -16369,7 +16409,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.sty </span>might contain:  <br /> \string< \glshex 26BD % football 0x26BD  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8031--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span +<!--l. 8049--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.bib </span>can provide the appropriate definitions for <a id="dx1-37066"></a><a @@ -16385,7 +16425,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a  <br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Battlefield}{\char"2694}  <br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Stadium}{\char"26BD}"} </div> -<!--l. 8038--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set: +<!--l. 8056--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set: @@ -16412,8 +16452,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a  <br /> }  <br />] </div> -<!--l. 8063--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8065--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span +<!--l. 8081--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8083--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-37068"></a>. They should be separated by the rule separator characters <span @@ -16424,7 +16464,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">&</span></span></span> (ampersand) or <span class="cmtt-10"><</span> (less than). See Java’s <a href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/8/docs/api/java/text/RuleBasedCollator.html" >RuleBasedCollator</a> documentation for details of the rule syntax. -</p><!--l. 8072--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span +</p><!--l. 8090--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a id="dx1-37069"></a>, <span @@ -16453,31 +16493,31 @@ sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules  <br /> <\glsxtrLatinOslash  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8089--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8107--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcontrolrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8093--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8111--><p class="noindent" > These are control characters that are usually placed at the start of a rule in the ignored section. They typically won’t occur in any sort values, but if they do they should normally be ignored. -</p><!--l. 8098--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrspacerules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8100--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8118--><p class="noindent" > These are space characters. They typically come after the control characters with the two blocks separated by a <span class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon). -</p><!--l. 8104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8122--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnonprintablerules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37075"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8106--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8124--><p class="noindent" > These are non-printable characters (BOM, tabs, line feed and carriage return). They typically come after the spaces separated by a <span class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon). These characters @@ -16488,13 +16528,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-37077"></a></a> when it determines whether or not to use the interpreter, so a TAB or newline character may end up in the sort value if it wasn’t interpreted. -</p><!--l. 8114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8116--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8134--><p class="noindent" > These are combining diacritic marks which typically follow the space and non-printable blocks (separated by a semi-colon). This command is defined in terms of sub-block commands: @@ -16510,36 +16550,36 @@ of sub-block commands:  <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8127--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered. -</p><!--l. 8131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8145--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered. +</p><!--l. 8149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8133--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8151--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: acute, grave, breve, circumflex, caron, ring, vertical line above, diaeresis (umlaut), double acute, tilde, dot above, combining macron. -</p><!--l. 8138--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37080"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8140--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8158--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: short solidus overlay, cedilla, ogonek, dot below, low line, overline, hook above, double vertical line above, double grave accent, candrabindu, inverted breve, turned comma above, comma above, reversed comma above, comma above right, grave accent below, acute accent below. -</p><!--l. 8147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37081"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8149--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8167--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: left tack below, right tack below, left angle above, horn, left half ring below, up tack below, down tack below, plus sign below, minus sign below, palatalized hook below, retroflex hook below, diaresis below, ring @@ -16551,13 +16591,13 @@ seagull below, x above, vertical tilde, double overline, Greek perispomeni, Gree dialytika tonos, Greek ypogegrammeni, double tilde, double inverted breve, Cyrillic titlo, Cyrillic palatalization, Cyrillic dasia pneumata, Cyrillic psili pneumata. -</p><!--l. 8164--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8184--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: left harpoon above, right harpoon above, long vertical line overlay, short vertical line overlay, anticlockwise arrow above, clockwise arrow above, left arrow above, right arrow above, ring overlay, clockwise ring overlay, @@ -16567,20 +16607,20 @@ arrow above, left arrow above, right arrow above, ring overlay, clockwise ring o anticlockwise ring overlay, three dots above, four dots above, enclosing circle, enclosing square, enclosing diamond, enclosing circle backslash, left right arrow above. -</p><!--l. 8176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphenrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37083"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8178--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8196--><p class="noindent" > This contains hyphens (including the minus sign 0x2212). This rule block typically comes after the diacritic rules separated by a comma. -</p><!--l. 8183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37084"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8185--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8203--><p class="noindent" > This contains punctuation characters. This rule block typically comes after the hyphen rules separated by a less than (<span class="cmtt-10"><</span>). As with the combining diacritics, this @@ -16597,13 +16637,13 @@ different order is required:  <br />  \string<\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8197--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8215--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37085"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8201--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8219--><p class="noindent" > This is the first punctuation sub-block containing: underscore, macron, comma, semi-colon, colon, exclamation mark, inverted exclamation mark, question mark, inverted question mark, solidus, full stop, acute accent, grave accent, @@ -16612,32 +16652,32 @@ straight double quote, left guillemet, right guillemet, left parenthesis, right parenthesis, left square bracket, right square bracket, left curly bracket, right curly bracket, section sign, pilcrow sign, copyright sign, registered sign, at sign. -</p><!--l. 8212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcurrencyrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37086"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrencyrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8214--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8232--><p class="noindent" > This sub-block contains some currency symbols: currency sign, Thai currency symbol baht, cent sign, colon sign, cruzeiro sign, dollar sign, dong sign, euro sign, French franc sign, lira sign, mill sign, naira sign, peseta sign, pound sign, rupee sign, new sheqel sign, won sign, yen sign. -</p><!--l. 8221--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37087"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8223--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8241--><p class="noindent" > This sub-block contains some other punctuation symbols: asterisk, backslash, ampersand, hash sign, percent sign, plus sign, plus-minus sign, division sign, multiplication sign, less-than sign, equals sign, greater-than sign, not sign, vertical bar (pipe), broken bar, degree sign, micron sign. -</p><!--l. 8230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdigitrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37088"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8232--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8250--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9) and the subscript and superscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> <sup class="textsuperscript"><span @@ -16645,23 +16685,23 @@ class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> etc) made equivalent to the corresponding Basic Lat The digit block typically comes after the punctuation rules separated by a less than (<span class="cmtt-10"><</span>). -</p><!--l. 8240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37089"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8242--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8260--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains just the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9). -</p><!--l. 8245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37090"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8247--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8265--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains just the subscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> … <sub class="textsubscript"><span class="cmr-9">9</span></sub>). -</p><!--l. 8251--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37091"></a> <span @@ -16669,20 +16709,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8253--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8271--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains just the superscript digits (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> … <sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmr-9">9</span></sup>). -</p><!--l. 8257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8275--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfractionrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37092"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8259--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8277--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains vulgar fraction characters. The digit block typically comes after the digit rules separated by a less than (<span class="cmtt-10"><</span>). -</p><!--l. 8264--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended +</p><!--l. 8282--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended characters or ligatures (such as ß or œ) but they don’t include accented characters. If you require a Latin rule block that includes accented characters, digraphs, trigraphs or other extended characters, then it’s best to provide similar @@ -16691,12 +16731,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file for the particular language or region. -</p><!--l. 8272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37093"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8274--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8292--><p class="noindent" > This is just the basic (non-extended) Latin alphabet with the superscript and subscript Latin letters (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmr-9">a</span></sup> <sub class="textsubscript"><span @@ -16704,64 +16744,64 @@ class="cmr-9">a</span></sub> etc) treated as the equivalent basic Latin letter. don’t want the subscripts and superscripts included you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA</span> etc to omit them.) -</p><!--l. 8281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37094"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8283--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8301--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’ and eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’. -</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8305--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37095"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8289--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8307--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’ and eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’. -</p><!--l. 8293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8311--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37096"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8295--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8313--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’. -</p><!--l. 8301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37097"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8303--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8321--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’. -</p><!--l. 8308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8326--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37098"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8310--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8328--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’. -</p><!--l. 8315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37099"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8317--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8335--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes ae-ligature (æ) between ‘A’ and ‘B’, eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, insular G (Ᵹ) instead of ‘G’, oe-ligature between ‘O’ and ‘P’, long s (ſ) equivalent to ‘s’, thorn (þ) between ‘T’ and ‘U’ and wynn (Ƿ) instead of W. -</p><!--l. 8324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37100"></a> <span @@ -16769,202 +16809,202 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8326--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8344--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’, thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’, Ø is treated as ‘O’ and ‘Ł’ is treated as ‘L’. -</p><!--l. 8332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinA</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37101"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8334--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8352--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘A’ but includes the sub- and superscript A. -</p><!--l. 8338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinE</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37102"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinE </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8340--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8358--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘E’ but includes the subscript E. -</p><!--l. 8344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinH</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37103"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinH </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8346--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8364--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘H’ but includes the subscript H. -</p><!--l. 8350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinK</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37104"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinK </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8352--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8370--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘K’ but includes the subscript K. -</p><!--l. 8356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8374--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinI</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37105"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinI </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8358--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8376--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘I’ but includes the superscript I. -</p><!--l. 8362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinL</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37106"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinL </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8364--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8382--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘L’ but includes the subscript L. -</p><!--l. 8368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinM</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37107"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinM </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8370--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8388--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘M’ but includes the subscript M. -</p><!--l. 8374--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinN</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37108"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinN </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8376--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8394--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘N’ but includes the sub- and superscript N. -</p><!--l. 8380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinO</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37109"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinO </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8382--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8400--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘O’ but includes the sub- and superscript O. -</p><!--l. 8386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinP</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37110"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinP </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8388--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8406--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘P’ but includes the subscript P. -</p><!--l. 8392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinS</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37111"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinS </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8394--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8412--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘S’ but includes the subscript S. -</p><!--l. 8398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinT</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37112"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinT </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8400--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8418--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘T’ but includes the subscript T. -</p><!--l. 8404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinX</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37113"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinX </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8406--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8424--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘X’ but includes the subscript X. -</p><!--l. 8410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37114"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8412--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8430--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by short ‘s’ equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘ss’.) -</p><!--l. 8417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8435--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37115"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8419--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8437--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by ‘z’ equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘sz’.) -</p><!--l. 8424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEth</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37116"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEth </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8426--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8444--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for eth (Ð) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 8430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinThorn</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37117"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinThorn </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8432--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8450--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for thorn (þ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 8436--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinAELigature</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37118"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAELigature </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8438--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8456--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ae-ligature (æ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 8442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinOELigature</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37119"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOELigature </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8444--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8462--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for oe-ligature (œ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 8448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinOslash</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37120"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOslash </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8450--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8468--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ‘Ø’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 8454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinLslash</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37121"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinLslash </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8456--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8474--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ‘Ł’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 8460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinWynn</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37122"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinWynn </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8462--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8480--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for wynn (Ƿ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 8466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinInsularG</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37123"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinInsularG </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8468--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8486--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for insular G (Ᵹ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 8472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinSchwa</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37124"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinSchwa </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8474--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8492--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers schwa (Ə) but includes the subscript schwa. (Not used in any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.) -</p><!--l. 8479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinAA</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37125"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAA </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8481--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8499--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ‘Å’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. (Not used in any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.) -</p><!--l. 8486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37126"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8488--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8506--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a id="dx1-37127"></a>, <span @@ -16984,20 +17024,20 @@ are gathered together into the same letter group. -</p><!--l. 8495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37133"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8497--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8515--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span>but doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 8500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37134"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8502--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8520--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upright Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a id="dx1-37135"></a>, etc, from the <span @@ -17009,24 +17049,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a id="dx1-37138"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. -</p><!--l. 8508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37139"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8510--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8528--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upright Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a id="dx1-37140"></a>, etc, from the <span class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a id="dx1-37141"></a> package) that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 8514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37142"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8516--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8534--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a id="dx1-37143"></a>, <span @@ -17046,25 +17086,25 @@ href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-37148"></a>’s</a> interpreter treats them as italic to help keep them close to the lower case versions. -</p><!--l. 8524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37149"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8526--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8544--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a id="dx1-37150"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a id="dx1-37151"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 8530--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37152"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8532--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8550--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a id="dx1-37153"></a>, <span @@ -17073,26 +17113,26 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a id="dx1-37155"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. -</p><!--l. 8537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37156"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8539--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8557--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a id="dx1-37157"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a id="dx1-37158"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 8543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8561--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37159"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8545--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8563--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a id="dx1-37160"></a>, <span @@ -17101,20 +17141,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a id="dx1-37162"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. -</p><!--l. 8550--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37163"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8552--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8570--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a id="dx1-37164"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a id="dx1-37165"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 8556--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span +</p><!--l. 8574--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpAlpha</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpBeta</span> etc and <span @@ -17129,34 +17169,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">\upalpha </span>etc and <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>etc) as well as the following: -</p><!--l. 8563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37166"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8583--><p class="noindent" > The partial derivative symbol (<span class="cmmi-10">∂</span>). -</p><!--l. 8568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37167"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8570--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8588--><p class="noindent" > The nabla symbol (<span class="cmsy-10">∇</span>). -</p><!--l. 8574--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8592--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8574--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8592--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.4 </span> <a id="supplementarycommands"></a>Supplementary Commands</h3> -<!--l. 8576--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span +<!--l. 8594--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>for use with <a id="dx1-38001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-38002"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 8579--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span +</p><!--l. 8597--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>is written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file using </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -17176,12 +17216,12 @@ class="cmti-10">information</span>⟩ is the information to pass to <a class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-38004"></a>. The command in the second argument -<!--l. 8586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourceinit</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourceinit </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8588--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8606--><p class="noindent" > may be used to temporarily redefine commands before the information is written to the file. This does nothing by default, but may be redefined to allow the use of short commands for convenience. For example, with: @@ -17192,14 +17232,14 @@ commands for convenience. For example, with: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrresourceinit}{\let\u\glshex} </div> -<!--l. 8595--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 8613--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\u</span><span class="cmtt-10"> E6</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6</span></span></span> in the custom rule. This redefinition of <span class="cmtt-10">\u </span>is scoped so its original definition is restored after the write operation. -</p><!--l. 8600--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier +</p><!--l. 8618--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier example: @@ -17226,7 +17266,7 @@ example:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8631--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom +<!--l. 8649--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom commands that set the prefix. For example: @@ -17235,12 +17275,12 @@ commands that set the prefix. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207"> \newcommand*{\sym}[2][]{\gls[#1]{sym.#2}} </div> -<!--l. 8636--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span +<!--l. 8654--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span class="cmtt-10">\sym </span>doesn’t allow for modifiers (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls* </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\gls+</span>). Instead you can use: -</p><!--l. 8640--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8658--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38006"></a> <span @@ -17251,7 +17291,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8642--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8660--><p class="noindent" > which defines the command ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ that behaves like </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -17279,7 +17319,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208"> \glsxtrnewgls{sym.}{\sym} </div> -<!--l. 8650--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks) +<!--l. 8668--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks) @@ -17287,12 +17327,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209"> \glsxtrnewgls[hyper=false]{sym.}{\sym} </div> -<!--l. 8654--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 8672--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\sym+{M}</span></span></span> to behave like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sym.M}</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 8657--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can +</p><!--l. 8675--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can use -</p><!--l. 8659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8677--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewglslike</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38007"></a> <span @@ -17312,7 +17352,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\Glspl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8662--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8680--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -17321,8 +17361,8 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210"> \glsxtrnewglslike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\idx}{\idxpl}{\Idx}{\Idxpl} </div> -<!--l. 8666--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions: -</p><!--l. 8668--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8684--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions: +</p><!--l. 8686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewGLSlike</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38008"></a> <span @@ -17337,7 +17377,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">\GLS-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\GLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8671--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8689--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -17346,10 +17386,10 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211"> \glsxtrnewGLSlike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\IDX}{\IDXpl} </div> -<!--l. 8675--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8677--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span +<!--l. 8693--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8695--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>: -</p><!--l. 8678--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8696--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38009"></a> <span @@ -17361,13 +17401,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8680--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8698--><p class="noindent" > and for <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rGls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>: -</p><!--l. 8683--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrglslike</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38010"></a> <span @@ -17387,9 +17427,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\rGlspl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8687--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8705--><p class="noindent" > and for the all caps: -</p><!--l. 8689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38011"></a> <span @@ -17404,13 +17444,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">\rGLS-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\rGLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8692--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8694--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8710--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8712--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8694--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8712--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.5 </span> <a id="sec:recordcount"></a>Record Counting</h3> -<!--l. 8697--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a +<!--l. 8715--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a id="dx1-39001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -17436,7 +17476,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">recordcount</span>: set to the total number of records found for class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩: set to the total number of records found for the entry for the given counter.</li></ul> -<!--l. 8709--><p class="noindent" >If <span +<!--l. 8727--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>is used then additionally: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span @@ -17448,24 +17488,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩: set to the total number of reco -<!--l. 8715--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If +<!--l. 8733--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If you really need it with locations that may contain formatting commands, then you can try redefining: -</p><!--l. 8718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdetoklocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdetoklocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8720--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8738--><p class="noindent" > so that it detokenizes ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ but take care when using <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span> with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>as they can end up becoming detokenized too early. -</p><!--l. 8726--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a +</p><!--l. 8744--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a id="dx1-39008"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -17484,23 +17524,23 @@ field) is 2 + 1 + 4 = 7, and the total for the <span class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter (stored in the <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section </span>field) is 1. -</p><!--l. 8738--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span +</p><!--l. 8756--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.1 </span>is set to 2, <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.2 </span>is set to 1, <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.3 </span>is set to 4 and <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section.3 </span>is set to 1. -</p><!--l. 8743--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to +</p><!--l. 8761--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to the field value if set or to 0 if unset: -</p><!--l. 8745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8747--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8765--><p class="noindent" > This expands to the total record count for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. @@ -17510,8 +17550,8 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212"> \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{bird} </div> -<!--l. 8752--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8. -</p><!--l. 8755--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8770--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8. +</p><!--l. 8773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39011"></a> <span @@ -17520,7 +17560,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8757--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8775--><p class="noindent" > This expands to the counter total for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is the @@ -17532,7 +17572,7 @@ counter name. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213"> \GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{page} </div> -<!--l. 8763--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and +<!--l. 8781--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and @@ -17540,8 +17580,8 @@ counter name. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214"> \GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{section} </div> -<!--l. 8767--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1. -</p><!--l. 8770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8785--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1. +</p><!--l. 8788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39012"></a> <span @@ -17554,7 +17594,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8772--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8790--><p class="noindent" > This expands to the total for the given location. For example @@ -17563,18 +17603,18 @@ This expands to the total for the given location. For example <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215"> \GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{bird}{page}{3} </div> -<!--l. 8776--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span +<!--l. 8794--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ part. Remember that due to <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine, <span class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>may not be correct. -</p><!--l. 8781--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span +</p><!--l. 8799--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>that are triggered by the record count. These are listed below. -</p><!--l. 8785--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39013"></a> <span @@ -17587,8 +17627,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8787--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8805--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8806--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rglspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39014"></a> <span @@ -17601,8 +17641,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8790--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8808--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rGls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39015"></a> <span @@ -17615,8 +17655,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8793--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8794--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8811--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rGlspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39016"></a> <span @@ -17629,8 +17669,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8796--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8814--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rGLS</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39017"></a> <span @@ -17643,8 +17683,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8799--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8817--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rGLSpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39018"></a> <span @@ -17657,7 +17697,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8802--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8820--><p class="noindent" > These commands check the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a @@ -17670,8 +17710,8 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216"> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{recordcount}{1} </div> -<!--l. 8807--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use -</p><!--l. 8809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8825--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use +</p><!--l. 8827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39020"></a> <span @@ -17682,7 +17722,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8811--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8829--><p class="noindent" > to set the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a @@ -17691,9 +17731,9 @@ class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ for all the categories listed in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span> <span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8815--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8833--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like commands use -</p><!--l. 8816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8834--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39022"></a> <span @@ -17706,27 +17746,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">normal</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8819--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8837--><p class="noindent" > to determine whether the <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command should behave like its <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> counterpart (⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩) or whether it should instead use ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8824--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a +</p><!--l. 8842--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a id="dx1-39023"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩, otherwise it tests if -</p><!--l. 8827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8829--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8847--><p class="noindent" > is greater than the value given in the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a @@ -17744,7 +17784,7 @@ trigger value command is:  <br /> \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8838--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span +<!--l. 8856--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ part writes a record with the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-39026"></a> set to <span @@ -17760,11 +17800,11 @@ class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩. Then it unsets the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Note that it doesn’t implement the post-link hook. This ensures that the record count is correct on the next run. -</p><!--l. 8847--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 8865--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩ depends on the <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command used and will be one of the following: -</p><!--l. 8849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rglsformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39030"></a> <span @@ -17773,8 +17813,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8851--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8869--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rglsplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39031"></a> <span @@ -17783,8 +17823,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8854--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8872--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rGlsformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39032"></a> <span @@ -17793,8 +17833,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8857--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8875--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rGlsplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39033"></a> <span @@ -17803,8 +17843,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8860--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8878--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rGLSformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39034"></a> <span @@ -17813,8 +17853,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8863--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8881--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8882--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\rGLSplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39035"></a> <span @@ -17823,7 +17863,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8866--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8884--><p class="noindent" > These all behave much like their <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>counterparts. If the entry’s <a href="#catattr.regular"><span @@ -17831,13 +17871,13 @@ class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-39036"></a> attribute is set or if the entry doesn’t have a long form, the first or first plural is used, otherwise the long or long plural form is used. -</p><!--l. 8872--><p class="indent" > You can use -</p><!--l. 8873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8890--><p class="indent" > You can use +</p><!--l. 8891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrenablerecordcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrenablerecordcount </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8875--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8893--><p class="noindent" > to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span @@ -17852,7 +17892,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span>, class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>, respectively, for convenience. -</p><!--l. 8880--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 8898--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ to appear in the glossary, you need to use the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">trigger-type </span>to assign them to another glossary. @@ -17878,7 +17918,7 @@ For example:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8906--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span +<!--l. 8924--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span class="cmtt-10">stc </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">upa </span>both only have one record, so they are assigned to the <span @@ -17888,11 +17928,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">main </span>one. </p> -<!--l. 8911--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8911--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8929--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 8929--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2> -</p><!--l. 8914--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8932--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a id="dx1-40001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries @@ -17905,21 +17945,21 @@ class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a id="dx1-40003"></a> options. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> package provides a supplementary command -</p><!--l. 8918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpageref</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8920--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8938--><p class="noindent" > that works in the same way except that it uses <span class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a id="dx1-40005"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a id="dx1-40006"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8924--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using -</p><!--l. 8925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8942--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using +</p><!--l. 8943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40007"></a> <span @@ -17929,7 +17969,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8927--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8945--><p class="noindent" > This appends ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>⟩ to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by ⟨<span @@ -17949,15 +17989,15 @@ switch off the targets: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219"> \printunsrtglossary[target=false] </div> -<!--l. 8937--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8939--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 8955--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8957--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary type using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting. With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble using -</p><!--l. 8944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\apptoglossarypreamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40010"></a> <span @@ -17966,9 +18006,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8946--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8964--><p class="noindent" > or prepend using -</p><!--l. 8948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\pretoglossarypreamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40011"></a> <span @@ -17977,24 +18017,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8950--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8968--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8952--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8970--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3> -<!--l. 8955--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a +<!--l. 8973--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a single argument. The field is given by -</p><!--l. 8957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8959--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8977--><p class="noindent" > The default value is <span class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name <span class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>. -</p><!--l. 8964--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 8982--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -18024,10 +18064,10 @@ class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.  <br />   $\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8992--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8994--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an +<!--l. 9010--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9012--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an argument: -</p><!--l. 8996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9014--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41002"></a> <span @@ -18038,7 +18078,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8998--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9016--><p class="noindent" > This effectively does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -18065,26 +18105,26 @@ class="cmti-10">cs name</span>⟩ is the control sequence name supplied in must be defined to take a single required argument. Although it effectively acts like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>it misses out the post-link hook. -<!--l. 9008--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span +<!--l. 9026--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span class="cmti-10">default-options</span>⟩ are given by -</p><!--l. 9009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9011--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9029--><p class="noindent" > This is defined as <span class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>but may be redefined as appropriate. Note that the replacement text of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. -</p><!--l. 9017--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a +</p><!--l. 9035--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a final optional argument: -</p><!--l. 9019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt*</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41004"></a> <span @@ -18097,9 +18137,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9021--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9039--><p class="noindent" > Both the starred and unstarred versions use: -</p><!--l. 9023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9041--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmtdisplay</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41005"></a> <span @@ -18111,7 +18151,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9025--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9043--><p class="noindent" > within the link text. In the case of the unstarred version ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ will be empty. It will also be empty if the final option argument is missing from the starred form. If the @@ -18136,17 +18176,17 @@ default definition is: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221"> \newcommand{\glsxtrfmtdisplay}[3]{\csuse{#1}{#2}#3} </div> -<!--l. 9039--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span +<!--l. 9057--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ inside the argument of the control sequence and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ outside it (but it will still be inside the link text). -</p><!--l. 9044--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span +</p><!--l. 9062--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. </div> -</p><!--l. 9047--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 9065--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9067--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -18159,7 +18199,7 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. </div>  <br />  \glssymbol{identitymatrix}  <br />\] </div> -<!--l. 9057--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span +<!--l. 9075--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will create a hyperlink (if <span @@ -18173,11 +18213,11 @@ suppresses the hyperlink: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223"> \renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex} </div> -<!--l. 9064--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9066--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +<!--l. 9082--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9084--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can use -</p><!--l. 9068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41008"></a> <span @@ -18186,7 +18226,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9070--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9088--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will simply expand to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ within the PDF @@ -18197,14 +18237,14 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>if a control sequence name has been provided or just ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ otherwise. -</p><!--l. 9076--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 9094--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t already exist: -</p><!--l. 9081--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41009"></a> <span @@ -18216,7 +18256,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9083--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9101--><p class="noindent" > If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the third argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span @@ -18225,8 +18265,8 @@ class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of this new key. -</p><!--l. 9089--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with: -</p><!--l. 9090--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9107--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with: +</p><!--l. 9108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifkeydefined</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41010"></a> <span @@ -18237,7 +18277,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9092--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9110--><p class="noindent" > This tests if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩ is available for use in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩= list in the second argument of @@ -18246,7 +18286,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>(or the optional argument of commands l class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>). The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was provided. -</p><!--l. 9100--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that +</p><!--l. 9118--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example, changing the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a @@ -18258,7 +18298,7 @@ the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a id="dx1-41013"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently changed. -</p><!--l. 9108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41014"></a> <span @@ -18269,7 +18309,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9110--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9128--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span @@ -18285,9 +18325,9 @@ command is robust. -</p><!--l. 9120--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 9138--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses -</p><!--l. 9121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9139--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41015"></a> <span @@ -18299,11 +18339,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9123--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9141--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the assignment code. -</p><!--l. 9127--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span +</p><!--l. 9145--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a id="dx1-41016"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -18322,7 +18362,7 @@ class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if you want to skip the existence check. Alternatively you can instead use -</p><!--l. 9133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdeffield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41018"></a> <span @@ -18337,7 +18377,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">replacement</span> <span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9135--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9153--><p class="noindent" > This simply uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-41019"></a>’s <span @@ -18347,7 +18387,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\protected@csedef</span> instead:<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-41020f1"></a> -</p><!--l. 9140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtredeffield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41021"></a> <span @@ -18362,8 +18402,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">replacement</span> <span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9142--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9144--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9160--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\gGlsXtrSetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41022"></a> <span @@ -18374,10 +18414,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9146--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9164--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally. -</p><!--l. 9149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\eGlsXtrSetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41023"></a> <span @@ -18388,10 +18428,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9169--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion. -</p><!--l. 9154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\xGlsXtrSetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41024"></a> <span @@ -18402,10 +18442,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9156--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9174--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion. -</p><!--l. 9159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41025"></a> <span @@ -18416,14 +18456,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9161--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9179--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to the replacement text of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ (using <span class="cmtt-10">\let</span>). -</p><!--l. 9165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\csGlsXtrLetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41026"></a> <span @@ -18435,10 +18475,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9167--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9185--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead. -</p><!--l. 9171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41027"></a> <span @@ -18453,7 +18493,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9173--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9191--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field-1</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label-1</span>⟩ to the field given by @@ -18471,7 +18511,7 @@ class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>is still used, as for <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>. -</p><!--l. 9181--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 9199--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a id="dx1-41028"></a> to determine if a field has been @@ -18480,7 +18520,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a simpler version: -</p><!--l. 9184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41029"></a> <span @@ -18494,7 +18534,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9186--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9204--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.19.) Note that in this case the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be the <span class="cmti-10">internal </span>field label (for @@ -18511,17 +18551,17 @@ class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ part is done otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ you may use -</p><!--l. 9195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9197--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9215--><p class="noindent" > to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ parts. The starred version -</p><!--l. 9201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield*</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41031"></a> <span @@ -18535,20 +18575,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9203--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9221--><p class="noindent" > omits the implicit grouping. -</p><!--l. 9206--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span +</p><!--l. 9224--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>as the default value (such as the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a id="dx1-41032"></a>). Use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol </span>instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 9209--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9211--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span +</p><!--l. 9227--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9229--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifcsundef</span>. It doesn’t save the field value, but can be used if you only need to check if the field is defined without accessing it: -</p><!--l. 9214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41033"></a> <span @@ -18562,8 +18602,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9216--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9218--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined +</p><!--l. 9234--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9236--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined field hasn’t been assigned any value (no associated internal control sequence has been defined). If a defined field has been defined to empty, then it’s considered unset. <span @@ -18581,9 +18621,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef </span>for fields that can only be defined through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 9231--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9233--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using -</p><!--l. 9234--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9249--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9251--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using +</p><!--l. 9252--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41034"></a> <span @@ -18600,7 +18640,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9236--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9254--><p class="noindent" > If the entry exists and has the given field set to the given text then this does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span @@ -18608,7 +18648,7 @@ class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. This is just a shortcut that uses: -</p><!--l. 9240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpStr</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41035"></a> <span @@ -18627,7 +18667,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9242--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9260--><p class="noindent" > This in turn is just a shortcut that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>to test if the field exists and then compares the replacement text of <span @@ -18642,8 +18682,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">= </span>(equality), <span class="cmtt-10"><</span> (less than) or <span class="cmtt-10">> </span>(greater than). -</p><!--l. 9250--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command: -</p><!--l. 9251--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9268--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command: +</p><!--l. 9269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41037"></a> <span @@ -18660,14 +18700,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9253--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9271--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr </span>but first (protected) fully expands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (but not the field value). If you want to compare the (protected) full expansion of both the field value and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ use: -</p><!--l. 9258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9276--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41038"></a> <span @@ -18684,8 +18724,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9260--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9262--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the +</p><!--l. 9278--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9280--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the following two numeric tests. If the field is set, it must expand to an integer. You may use <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>within ⟨<span @@ -18697,8 +18737,8 @@ class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ are scoped. If the field is undefined or empty, the value is assumed to be 0, and <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>is set accordingly. -</p><!--l. 9270--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero: -</p><!--l. 9271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9288--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero: +</p><!--l. 9289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41039"></a> <span @@ -18713,9 +18753,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9273--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9291--><p class="noindent" > Alternatively, you can test if the field expands to a specific number using: -</p><!--l. 9276--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41040"></a> <span @@ -18732,21 +18772,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9278--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9296--><p class="noindent" > This does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the field value equals ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ (using <span class="cmtt-10">\ifnum </span>for the comparison) otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9282--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 9300--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a id="dx1-41041"></a> which can be used to fetch the value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another way of accessing the field value: -</p><!--l. 9286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusefield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41042"></a> <span @@ -18755,7 +18795,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9288--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9306--><p class="noindent" > This works in the same way as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is specified in the first argument. Note that the ⟨<span @@ -18765,13 +18805,13 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-41043"></a> manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is not robust. -</p><!--l. 9296--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to +</p><!--l. 9314--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>): -</p><!--l. 9298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrusefield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41044"></a> <span @@ -18780,8 +18820,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9300--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9302--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span +</p><!--l. 9318--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9320--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-41045"></a> internal list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using @@ -18789,7 +18829,7 @@ list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-41046"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 9306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41047"></a> <span @@ -18801,7 +18841,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9308--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9326--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the entry’s field and ⟨<span @@ -18811,7 +18851,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\listgadd</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 9313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41048"></a> <span @@ -18823,8 +18863,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9315--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9333--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41049"></a> <span @@ -18836,8 +18876,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9318--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9336--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9337--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41050"></a> <span @@ -18849,9 +18889,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9321--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9339--><p class="noindent" > You can then iterate over the list using: -</p><!--l. 9323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfielddolistloop</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41051"></a> <span @@ -18861,9 +18901,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9325--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9343--><p class="noindent" > or -</p><!--l. 9327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41052"></a> <span @@ -18876,13 +18916,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9329--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9347--><p class="noindent" > that internally use <span class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively. -</p><!--l. 9333--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span +</p><!--l. 9351--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>: -</p><!--l. 9334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldifinlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41053"></a> <span @@ -18899,10 +18939,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9336--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9354--><p class="noindent" > and <span class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span> -</p><!--l. 9338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41054"></a> <span @@ -18919,18 +18959,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9340--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9342--><p class="indent" > See the <span +</p><!--l. 9358--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9360--><p class="indent" > See the <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-41055"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular the limitations of <span class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>. -</p><!--l. 9346--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it +</p><!--l. 9364--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it using: -</p><!--l. 9348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41056"></a> <span @@ -18942,7 +18982,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9350--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9368--><p class="noindent" > where again ⟨<span class="cmti-10">handler</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument. Unlike the <span @@ -18962,27 +19002,27 @@ loop to be broken prematurely using <span class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span> command locally defines a user level command: -</p><!--l. 9360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrendfor</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrendfor </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9362--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9380--><p class="noindent" > which is just a synonym for <span class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. -</p><!--l. 9365--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span +</p><!--l. 9383--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>so scoping is automatically applied. -</p><!--l. 9368--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by -</p><!--l. 9369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9386--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by +</p><!--l. 9387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForeignTextField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9371--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9389--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">userii</span>) contains a locale tag, then -</p><!--l. 9373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForeignText</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41063"></a> <span @@ -18991,7 +19031,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">entry label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9375--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9393--><p class="noindent" > can be used to encapsulate ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ in <span class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage{</span>⟨<span @@ -19049,21 +19089,21 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. For example:  <br />\gls{abnt}, \gls{din}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 9417--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9420--><p class="indent" > When using the <a +<!--l. 9435--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9438--><p class="indent" > When using the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a id="dx1-41069"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 9423--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCounter</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9425--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9443--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -19073,7 +19113,7 @@ For example: \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section} </div> -<!--l. 9430--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span +<!--l. 9448--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>, the <span @@ -19120,25 +19160,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{bird}</span></span></span> is used in section 1.2 th <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226"> \glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2} </div> -<!--l. 9447--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span +<!--l. 9465--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its value can be accessed with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc. -</p><!--l. 9453--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9471--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9453--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9471--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3> -<!--l. 9456--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 9474--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9458--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9476--><p class="noindent" > This behaves like <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require @@ -19155,8 +19195,8 @@ the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid the “Incomplete <span class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error that may otherwise occur. -</p><!--l. 9468--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form -</p><!--l. 9469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9486--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form +</p><!--l. 9487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary*</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42005"></a> <span @@ -19165,7 +19205,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9471--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -19183,7 +19223,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\endgroup</span> class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is done before the glossary header. -<!--l. 9481--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first +<!--l. 9499--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a id="dx1-42006"></a><a @@ -19197,15 +19237,15 @@ href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). -</p><!--l. 9487--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined +</p><!--l. 9505--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when using <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 9492--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9510--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9494--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span +</p><!--l. 9512--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a id="dx1-42009"></a> key is defined. If not defined (default), the group label will be formed from the first @@ -19218,7 +19258,7 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10 </a><a href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>. This can lead to an odd effect if you are using a style that separates letter groups when the ordering isn’t alphabetical. -</p><!--l. 9502--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 9520--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a id="dx1-42011"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a href="#styopt.record"><span @@ -19232,13 +19272,13 @@ separation.) If the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a id="dx1-42013"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained as described earlier. -</p><!--l. 9510--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field, you can redefine -</p><!--l. 9511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9528--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field, you can redefine +</p><!--l. 9529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgroupfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9531--><p class="noindent" > to the relevant internal field label, but the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a id="dx1-42015"></a> <span @@ -19258,7 +19298,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a for secondary entries, which have the group label stored in the <span class="cmtt-10">secondarygroup</span> internal field.) -</p><!--l. 9521--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span +</p><!--l. 9539--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-42019"></a> key set, you will need the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a @@ -19279,7 +19319,7 @@ class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a id="dx1-42023"></a> package option will automatically deal with this. -</p><!--l. 9528--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 9546--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -19294,32 +19334,32 @@ will automatically deal with this.  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 9542--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first. -</p><!--l. 9546--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a +<!--l. 9560--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first. +</p><!--l. 9564--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a id="dx1-42024"></a> option, the document will require a second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run if the entries are defined after <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. -</p><!--l. 9550--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span +</p><!--l. 9568--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-42025"></a> key, which isn’t available). -</p><!--l. 9553--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using: -</p><!--l. 9555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9571--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using: +</p><!--l. 9573--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9557--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9575--><p class="noindent" > which is analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩]. -</p><!--l. 9562--><p class="indent" > To avoid complications caused by <span +</p><!--l. 9580--><p class="indent" > To avoid complications caused by <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-42027"></a><a id="dx1-42028"></a>-like glossary styles, <span @@ -19328,7 +19368,7 @@ iterates over all entries in the selected glossary and appends the appropriate c an internal command. Once the construction of this command is complete, then it’s performed to display the glossary. This puts the loop outside the style code. For convenience, there’s a hook used within the loop: -</p><!--l. 9569--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42029"></a> <span @@ -19337,31 +19377,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9571--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9589--><p class="noindent" > This hook should not display any content, but may be used to perform calculations. For example, to calculate widths. Within this hook you can use: -</p><!--l. 9575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9593--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9577--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9595--><p class="noindent" > to skip the current entry. This will prevent the entry from being added to the internal command. -</p><!--l. 9581--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the +</p><!--l. 9599--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the glossary code is performed: -</p><!--l. 9583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9585--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9603--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9587--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses -</p><!--l. 9588--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9605--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses +</p><!--l. 9606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42032"></a> <span @@ -19369,18 +19409,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9590--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9608--><p class="noindent" > to display each item in the list, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the current label. -</p><!--l. 9593--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does -</p><!--l. 9594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9611--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does +</p><!--l. 9612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrunsrtdo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9596--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9614--><p class="noindent" > which determines whether to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the @@ -19391,10 +19431,10 @@ class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a id="dx1-42035"></a> fields for the <a id="dx1-42036"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. -</p><!--l. 9601--><p class="indent" > You can redefine the handler if required. For example, you may want to filter +</p><!--l. 9619--><p class="indent" > You can redefine the handler if required. For example, you may want to filter entries according to the category label. You can test if a label is contained in a comma-separated list of labels using: -</p><!--l. 9605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtriflabelinlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42037"></a> <span @@ -19409,14 +19449,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9607--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9625--><p class="noindent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ will be fully expanded. -</p><!--l. 9610--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty +</p><!--l. 9628--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div> -</p><!--l. 9614--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9616--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes: +</p><!--l. 9632--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9634--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes: @@ -19425,7 +19465,7 @@ glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div> \usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section} </div> -<!--l. 9620--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries +<!--l. 9638--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries that include the current section number in the <span class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field: @@ -19439,8 +19479,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field:  <br />  {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9630--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9632--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span +<!--l. 9648--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9650--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will localise the change: @@ -19456,8 +19496,8 @@ localise the change:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9643--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9645--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span +<!--l. 9661--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9663--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-42038"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span @@ -19483,7 +19523,7 @@ duplicate hypertarget names. For example:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9665--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span +<!--l. 9683--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a better approach to use: @@ -19507,8 +19547,8 @@ better approach to use:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9685--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9687--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress +<!--l. 9703--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9705--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards: @@ -19532,9 +19572,9 @@ the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:  <br />  \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9707--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9709--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this: -</p><!--l. 9710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 9725--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9727--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this: +</p><!--l. 9728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42039"></a> <span @@ -19545,7 +19585,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span> <span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9712--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9730--><p class="noindent" > The above example can simply be replaced with: @@ -19554,11 +19594,11 @@ The above example can simply be replaced with: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234"> \printunsrtglossaryunit{section} </div> -<!--l. 9716--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9718--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span +<!--l. 9734--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9736--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span> with -</p><!--l. 9719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9737--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42040"></a> <span @@ -19567,7 +19607,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span> <span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9721--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9739--><p class="noindent" > so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do @@ -19578,9 +19618,9 @@ so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9728--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary” +<!--l. 9746--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary” (overriding the glossary’s title). -</p><!--l. 9732--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a +</p><!--l. 9750--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a id="dx1-42041"></a> (or @@ -19589,7 +19629,7 @@ href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a id="dx1-42042"></a>) package option. -</p><!--l. 9735--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use +</p><!--l. 9753--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target @@ -19601,12 +19641,12 @@ the front or back matter) which can be the target for all glossary references an just use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section etc. -</p><!--l. 9745--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9763--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9745--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9763--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a id="sec:glossentry"></a>Standalone Entry Items</h3> -<!--l. 9748--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details +<!--l. 9766--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details throughout the document. You can simply do <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>followed by <span @@ -19631,7 +19671,7 @@ custom command:  <br /> \par\medskip  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9762--><p class="nopar" > define your entries +<!--l. 9780--><p class="nopar" > define your entries @@ -19641,7 +19681,7 @@ custom command:  <br />  description={a relation or expression involving variables}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9768--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text: +<!--l. 9786--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text: @@ -19649,25 +19689,25 @@ custom command: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238"> \displayterm{function} </div> -<!--l. 9772--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9774--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span +<!--l. 9790--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9792--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-43003"></a> and have commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> link back to the place where the term is described. Instead of using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span> use -</p><!--l. 9778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrglossentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9780--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9798--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. -</p><!--l. 9783--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the +</p><!--l. 9801--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the glossary. It performs the following: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">Defines <span @@ -19689,13 +19729,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and may be used by style hooks. class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span>. The value is obtained by fully expanding: - <!--l. 9798--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 9816--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 9800--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 9818--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a id="dx1-43006"></a> field for the current entry. @@ -19714,7 +19754,7 @@ class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span></li></ul> - <!--l. 9811--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p> + <!--l. 9829--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem</span><a @@ -19730,7 +19770,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>if the entry has - <!--l. 9817--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in + <!--l. 9835--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in pre-version 1.31 used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t match the hierarchical glossary styles. If you want to restore this behaviour, just @@ -19742,7 +19782,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t m <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239"> \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem}[1]{\glssubentryitem{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 9823--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 9841--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="itemize">Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>). @@ -19757,18 +19797,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>or picks up the style from category attribut href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a id="dx1-43010"></a>.</li></ul> -<!--l. 9833--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span +<!--l. 9851--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-43011"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><a id="dx1-43012"></a> in any of your description fields, you can use -</p><!--l. 9835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtractivatenopost</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9837--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9855--><p class="noindent" > to make these commands behave as they normally do within a glossary. This needs to be placed before </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -19781,10 +19821,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}\glspostdescription</span> class="cmtt-10">\glsnonextpages </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnextpages </span>have no effect outside of the glossary and are not intended for use in a standalone context. -<!--l. 9847--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span +<!--l. 9865--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-43014"></a>): -</p><!--l. 9849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrglossentryother</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43015"></a> <span @@ -19796,7 +19836,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9851--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9869--><p class="noindent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be given using its internal field label which may not be the same as the key used to set the field. See the key to field mappings table in the <span @@ -19823,7 +19863,7 @@ class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is simply the field value.</li></ul> -<!--l. 9863--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 9881--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother </span>command internally uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -19854,7 +19894,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>). -<!--l. 9874--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to: +<!--l. 9892--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to: @@ -19867,7 +19907,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>).  <br /> \par\medskip  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9882--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span +<!--l. 9900--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a id="dx1-43018"></a> or <span @@ -19885,7 +19925,7 @@ class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a  <br /> \par\medskip  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9893--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to +<!--l. 9911--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to a colon: @@ -19894,13 +19934,13 @@ a colon: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242"> \renewcommand*{\glsentrycounterlabel}{\theglossaryentry:\space} </div> -<!--l. 9898--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span +<!--l. 9916--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to link back to the definition but also use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry </span>to reference the counter and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref </span>to reference the page number. -</p><!--l. 9903--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make +</p><!--l. 9921--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make the following modification: @@ -19917,9 +19957,9 @@ the following modification:  <br /> \par\medskip  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9915--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span +<!--l. 9933--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost</span>.) -</p><!--l. 9918--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span +</p><!--l. 9936--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry </span>within section headings. For example: @@ -19928,7 +19968,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry </span>within section headings. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244"> \section{\glsxtrglossentry{function}} </div> -<!--l. 9922--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span +<!--l. 9940--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>in PDF bookmarks (if <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>is defined) and will use <span @@ -19944,12 +19984,12 @@ start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled w <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.) -</p><!--l. 9932--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9950--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9932--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9950--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.4 </span> <a id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3> -<!--l. 9935--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span +<!--l. 9953--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a id="dx1-44001"></a> key. The value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s @@ -19960,7 +20000,7 @@ defining the other entry after the aliased entry. (For example, when used with href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-44003"></a></a>.) -</p><!--l. 9942--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 9960--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ is made an alias of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩ then: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> @@ -20023,7 +20063,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">noindex=false</span>. - <!--l. 9961--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a + <!--l. 9979--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a @@ -20033,13 +20073,13 @@ class="cmss-10">=only</span><a id="dx1-44014"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-44015"></a>’s settings.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 9965--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by -</p><!--l. 9966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 9983--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by +</p><!--l. 9984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9968--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9986--><p class="noindent" > This is performed after the default options provided by <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a id="dx1-44017"></a> @@ -20050,17 +20090,17 @@ class="cmss-10">=only</span><a id="dx1-44018"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do nothing. -</p><!--l. 9974--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span +</p><!--l. 9992--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use -</p><!--l. 9975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexaliased</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9977--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9995--><p class="noindent" > to index ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9980--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead. +</p><!--l. 9998--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead. For example: @@ -20072,27 +20112,27 @@ For example:  <br /> \setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9987--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9989--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span +<!--l. 10005--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10007--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a id="dx1-44020"></a> field can be accessed using -</p><!--l. 9990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10008--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralias</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9992--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10010--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9994--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 9994--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10012--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 10012--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2> -</p><!--l. 9997--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 10015--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a id="dx1-45001"></a> (for @@ -20101,10 +20141,10 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-45002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t automatically loaded. </p> -<!--l. 10002--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10020--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3> -<!--l. 10005--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span +<!--l. 10023--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a id="dx1-46001"></a> after <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For @@ -20128,13 +20168,13 @@ example:  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 10028--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10030--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 10046--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10048--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10030--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10048--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3> -<!--l. 10033--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 10051--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-47001"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through @@ -20149,7 +20189,7 @@ class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247"> \usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 10038--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span +<!--l. 10056--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-47003"></a> or you load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a @@ -20161,7 +20201,7 @@ class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands described below will simply be equiv corresponding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. -</p><!--l. 10045--><p class="indent" > The following <span +</p><!--l. 10063--><p class="indent" > The following <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands add accessibility information wrapped around the corresponding <span @@ -20169,19 +20209,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. There is no check for existence of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing information. -</p><!--l. 10050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10052--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10070--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-47006"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10056--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 10074--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-47007"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as: @@ -20191,7 +20231,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248"> \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 10060--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as: +<!--l. 10078--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as: @@ -20205,20 +20245,20 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a  <br />  {#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10070--><p class="nopar" > (<span +<!--l. 10088--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a id="dx1-47008"></a> is defined by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-47009"></a> package.) The first letter upper case version is: -</p><!--l. 10074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10076--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10094--><p class="noindent" > Without the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-47011"></a> package this is just defined as: @@ -20229,7 +20269,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250"> \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 10081--><p class="nopar" > With the <span +<!--l. 10099--><p class="nopar" > With the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-47012"></a> package this is defined as: @@ -20245,112 +20285,112 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a  <br />  {#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10091--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10093--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner. -</p><!--l. 10094--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10109--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10111--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner. +</p><!--l. 10112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesstext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10096--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10114--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-47014"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesstext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10101--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10119--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-47016"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10125--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-47018"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10112--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10130--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-47020"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10134--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10118--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10136--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-47022"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10139--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10123--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10141--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-47024"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10129--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10147--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-47026"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10134--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10152--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-47028"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10138--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10140--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10158--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a id="dx1-47030"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47031"></a> <span @@ -20360,150 +20400,150 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10145--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10163--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a id="dx1-47032"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10169--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a id="dx1-47034"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10156--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10174--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a id="dx1-47036"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10160--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10162--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10180--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">desc</span><a id="dx1-47038"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10167--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10185--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">desc</span><a id="dx1-47040"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdescplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10173--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10191--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">descplural</span><a id="dx1-47042"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdescplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10178--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10196--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">descplural</span><a id="dx1-47044"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10184--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10202--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-47046"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10205--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10189--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10207--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-47048"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10195--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10213--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-47050"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10198--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10216--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10200--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10218--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-47052"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10204--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10206--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10224--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-47054"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47055"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10211--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10229--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-47056"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 10215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47057"></a> <span @@ -20513,18 +20553,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10217--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10235--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-47058"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 10220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10222--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10240--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-47060"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper @@ -20533,11 +20573,11 @@ case. </p> -<!--l. 10226--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 10226--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10244--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 10244--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Files</h2> -</p><!--l. 10229--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package: +</p><!--l. 10247--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -20824,11 +20864,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.tex</span>. -<!--l. 10361--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 10361--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10379--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 10379--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a id="sec:lang"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h2> -</p><!--l. 10364--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span +</p><!--l. 10382--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>that you’re likely to want to change in your document and that’s <span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span><a @@ -20849,7 +20889,7 @@ been loaded, otherwise it will be defined as <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>(provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). -</p><!--l. 10374--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example: +</p><!--l. 10392--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example: @@ -20857,7 +20897,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252"> \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations} </div> -<!--l. 10377--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span +<!--l. 10395--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-49004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a @@ -20871,8 +20911,8 @@ class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a  <br /> \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10383--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10385--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span +<!--l. 10401--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10403--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span class="cmss-10">title</span><a id="dx1-49006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations. For example: @@ -20883,7 +20923,7 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254"> \printabbreviations[title={List of Abbreviations}] </div> -<!--l. 10389--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 10407--><p class="nopar" > or @@ -20891,10 +20931,10 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255"> \printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List of Abbreviations}] </div> -<!--l. 10393--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10395--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t +<!--l. 10411--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10413--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t appear in the final draft of your document. -</p><!--l. 10398--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 10416--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has the facility to load language modules (whose filename is in the form <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span @@ -20916,7 +20956,7 @@ identifier, such as <span class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>, associated with the given dialect. There’s no warning if the associated file isn’t found. The script file is loaded after the dialect file. -</p><!--l. 10411--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file +</p><!--l. 10429--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file called <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span @@ -20926,7 +20966,7 @@ the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a id="dx1-49009"></a> package). For example, <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>. -</p><!--l. 10417--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is: +</p><!--l. 10435--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is: @@ -20955,8 +20995,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>.  <br />  {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10443--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10445--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language +<!--l. 10461--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10463--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language identifier <span class="cmtt-10">french </span>and the translated text <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">Abr\’eviations</span></span></span> as appropriate. You can @@ -20972,16 +21012,16 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>9.3 </a><a href="#x1-370009.3">The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2glssty --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 10452--><p class="indent" > This <span +</p><!--l. 10470--><p class="indent" > This <span class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file then needs to be put somewhere on <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path so that it can be found by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so that it can be useful to others. (Please don’t send it to me. I already have more packages than I am able to maintain.) -</p><!--l. 10458--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used +</p><!--l. 10476--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine the following commands: -</p><!--l. 10461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49012"></a> <span @@ -20991,39 +21031,39 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10463--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10481--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 10466--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the + <!--l. 10484--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the glossary ‘⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩’ (which should be called ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩) hasn’t been created.</p></div> -<!--l. 10469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10471--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10489--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 10474--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in + <!--l. 10492--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in this glossary.</p></div> -<!--l. 10477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10479--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10497--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 10482--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span + <!--l. 10500--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span class="cmtt-10">nomain </span>to your package option list when you load <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra.sty</span>. For example:</p></div> -<!--l. 10485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49015"></a> <span @@ -21031,10 +21071,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10487--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10505--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 10490--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span + <!--l. 10508--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span class="cmtt-10">type=</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩ when you defined your entries? If you tried to load entries into this glossary with <span @@ -21046,7 +21086,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">] </span>as the optional argument? If you did, check that the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span>.</p></div> -<!--l. 10493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49016"></a> <span @@ -21054,28 +21094,28 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10495--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10513--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 10498--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span + <!--l. 10516--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩. If it’s empty, that means you haven’t indexed any of your entries in this glossary (using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) so this list can’t be generated. If the file isn’t empty, the document build process hasn’t been completed.</p></div> -<!--l. 10501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10503--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10521--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 10506--><p class="noindent" >You need + <!--l. 10524--><p class="noindent" >You need to either replace <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or @@ -21086,17 +21126,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>) class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>) and then rebuild this document.</p></div> -<!--l. 10509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10511--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10529--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 10514--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span + <!--l. 10532--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩ doesn’t exist. This most likely means you haven’t used <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or you have used <span @@ -21104,25 +21144,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">\nofiles</span>. If this is just a draft version of the document, you can suppress this message using the <span class="cmtt-10">nomissingglstext </span>package option.</p></div> -<!--l. 10517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10519--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10537--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 10522--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div> -<!--l. 10525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 10540--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div> +<!--l. 10543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10527--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10545--><p class="noindent" > This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. See the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further details. -</p><!--l. 10532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10550--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49021"></a> <span @@ -21130,7 +21170,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10534--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10552--><p class="noindent" > This is the message produced when the <a href="#styopt.automake"><span class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a @@ -21818,7 +21858,7 @@ class="cmss-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25189" >273</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4179" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4181" ><span class="cmti-10">274</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span></span></span>  <a @@ -21897,7 +21937,7 @@ class="cmss-10">amsgen </span>package  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11" >298</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">amsmath </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4121" >299</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4123" >299</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40010" ><span @@ -21908,9 +21948,9 @@ class="cmbx-10">B</span> class="cmss-10">babel </span>package  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3010" >301</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3014" >302</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4180" >303</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4181" >304</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4182" >305</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4182" >303</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4183" >304</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4184" >305</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28004" >306</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41067" >307</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49003" >308</a>, <a @@ -21921,20 +21961,20 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-2" >310</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12" >311</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4010" >312</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4032" >313</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4060" >314</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4073" >315</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4077" >316</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4084" >317</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4087" >318</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4092" >319</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4096" >320</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4100" >321</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4102" >322</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4107" >323</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4110" >324</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4136" >325</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4138" >326</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4143" >327</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4062" >314</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4075" >315</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4079" >316</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4086" >317</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4089" >318</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4094" >319</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4098" >320</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4102" >321</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4104" >322</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4109" >323</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4112" >324</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4138" >325</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4140" >326</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4145" >327</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5030" >328</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6042" >329</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9001" >330</a>, <a @@ -22004,20 +22044,20 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3" >390</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13" >391</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4011" >392</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4033" >393</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4061" >394</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >395</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4078" >396</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4085" >397</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4088" >398</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4093" >399</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4097" >400</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4101" >401</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4103" >402</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4108" >403</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4111" >404</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4137" >405</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4139" >406</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4144" >407</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4063" >394</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4076" >395</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >396</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4087" >397</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4090" >398</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4095" >399</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4099" >400</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4103" >401</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4105" >402</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4110" >403</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4113" >404</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4139" >405</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4141" >406</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4146" >407</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5031" >408</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6043" >409</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9002" >410</a>, <a @@ -22342,7 +22382,7 @@ class="cmss-10">textformat</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6019" >639</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6022" >640</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8028" >641</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10008" >642</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10011" >642</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28145" >643</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textshortaccess</span>  <a @@ -22410,7 +22450,7 @@ class="cmss-10">entrycounter </span>package  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43018" >662</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">equation </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4123" >663</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4125" >663</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6031" >664</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">etoolbox </span>package  <a @@ -22558,9 +22598,9 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15005" >773</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37056" >774</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >775</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4081" >776</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4104" >777</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4082" >775</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4083" >776</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4106" >777</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37003" >778</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37009" >779</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37017" >780</a>, <a @@ -22584,7 +22624,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46001" >793</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48022" >794</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4219" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4221" ><span class="cmti-10">795</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">glossary styles:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span @@ -23196,7 +23236,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6024" >981</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textformat</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6021" >982</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10007" >983</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10010" >983</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6037" >984</a> <br /></span> @@ -23235,11 +23275,11 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18019" ><span class="cmti-10">995</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10001" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10004" ><span class="cmti-10">996</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10002" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10005" ><span class="cmti-10">997</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span></span></span>  <a @@ -23658,7 +23698,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41008" ><span class="cmti-10">1099</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10009" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10012" ><span class="cmti-10">1100</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop</span></span></span>  <a @@ -23738,7 +23778,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17002" ><span class="cmti-10">1119</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10006" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10009" ><span class="cmti-10">1120</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules</span></span></span>  <a @@ -24217,7 +24257,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38007" ><span class="cmti-10">1237</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4194" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4196" ><span class="cmti-10">1238</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrgls</span></span></span>  <a @@ -24233,7 +24273,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38010" ><span class="cmti-10">1241</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4191" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4193" ><span class="cmti-10">1242</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span></span></span>  <a @@ -24562,11 +24602,11 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43005" ><span class="cmti-10">1324</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10004" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10007" ><span class="cmti-10">1325</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10005" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10008" ><span class="cmti-10">1326</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules</span></span></span>  <a @@ -24679,8 +24719,8 @@ class="cmti-10">1353</span></a> <br /></span> class="cmbx-10">H</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">hyperref </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4112" >1354</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4124" >1355</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4114" >1354</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4126" >1355</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6045" >1356</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6050" >1357</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6052" >1358</a>, <a @@ -24776,13 +24816,13 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3022" >1415</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3028" >1416</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3031" >1417</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4012" >1418</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4094" >1419</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4098" >1420</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4113" >1421</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4130" >1422</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4134" >1423</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4163" >1424</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4169" >1425</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4096" >1419</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4100" >1420</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4115" >1421</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4132" >1422</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4136" >1423</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4165" >1424</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4171" >1425</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32035" >1426</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37007" >1427</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50004" >1428</a>, <a @@ -25030,13 +25070,13 @@ class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5021" >1605</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">see</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4054" >1606</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4057" >1607</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4065" >1608</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4070" >1609</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4083" >1610</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4086" >1611</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4089" >1612</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4056" >1606</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4059" >1607</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4067" >1608</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4072" >1609</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4085" >1610</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4088" >1611</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4091" >1612</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5006" >1613</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5026" >1614</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5027" >1615</a>, <a @@ -25059,9 +25099,9 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42019" >1631</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44004" >1632</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4055" >1633</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4058" >1634</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4066" >1635</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4057" >1633</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4060" >1634</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4068" >1635</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5025" >1636</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5029" >1637</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7032" >1638</a>, <a @@ -25119,8 +25159,8 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28107" >1681</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28112" >1682</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4165" >1683</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4192" >1684</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4167" >1683</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4194" >1684</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12016" >1685</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12039" >1686</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24060" >1687</a>, <a @@ -25181,11 +25221,11 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4028" >1728</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4030" >1729</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4031" >1730</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4034" >1731</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4115" >1732</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4125" >1733</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4129" >1734</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4141" >1735</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4142" >1736</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4117" >1732</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4127" >1733</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4131" >1734</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4143" >1735</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4144" >1736</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7023" >1737</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7025" >1738</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7028" >1739</a>, <a @@ -25220,10 +25260,10 @@ class="cmbx-10">P</span> <span class="index-item">package options:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4177" >1762</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4183" >1763</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4184" >1764</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4220" >1765</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4179" >1762</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4185" >1763</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4186" >1764</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4222" >1765</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49002" >1766</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span>  <a @@ -25234,27 +25274,27 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43017" >1770</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47002" >1771</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4185" >1772</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4187" >1772</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4189" >1773</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4191" >1773</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">automake</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5057" >1774</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49022" >1775</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4064" >1776</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4071" >1777</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4066" >1776</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4073" >1777</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4056" >1778</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4068" >1779</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4058" >1778</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4070" >1779</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4116" >1780</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4118" >1780</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">debug</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4002" >1781</a> <br /></span> @@ -25276,18 +25316,18 @@ class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4007" >1789</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">docdef</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4145" >1790</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4221" >1791</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4222" >1792</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4147" >1790</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4223" >1791</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4224" >1792</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5053" >1793</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">restricted</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4158" >1794</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4174" >1795</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4160" >1794</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4176" >1795</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4173" >1796</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4175" >1797</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4175" >1796</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4177" >1797</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33003" >1798</a>, <a @@ -25295,7 +25335,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33006" >1799</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42024" >1800</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4157" >1801</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4159" >1801</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40002" >1802</a>, <a @@ -25311,18 +25351,18 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5046" >1805</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28011" >1806</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4109" >1807</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4126" >1808</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4111" >1807</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4128" >1808</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37027" >1809</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4053" >1810</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4059" >1811</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4069" >1812</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4055" >1810</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4061" >1811</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4071" >1812</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7011" >1813</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4063" >1814</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4065" >1814</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6003" >1815</a>, <a @@ -25337,7 +25377,7 @@ class="cmss-10">nomain</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3032" >1820</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nomissingglstext</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4176" >1821</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4178" >1821</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7026" >1822</a>, <a @@ -25371,8 +25411,8 @@ class="cmss-10">notree</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18057" >1836</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numbers</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4193" >1837</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4210" >1838</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4195" >1837</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4212" >1838</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28017" >1839</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postdot</span>  <a @@ -25398,190 +25438,193 @@ class="cmss-10">none</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4022" >1848</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">record</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4062" >1849</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4072" >1850</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34018" >1851</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34032" >1852</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37002" >1853</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37010" >1854</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41069" >1855</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42012" >1856</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42016" >1857</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42041" >1858</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49008" >1859</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4064" >1849</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >1850</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" >1851</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34018" >1852</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34032" >1853</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37002" >1854</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37010" >1855</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41069" >1856</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42012" >1857</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42016" >1858</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42041" >1859</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49008" >1860</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">alsoindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4009" >1860</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4106" >1861</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5051" >1862</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34022" >1863</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37006" >1864</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42042" >1865</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44009" >1866</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4009" >1861</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4108" >1862</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5051" >1863</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34022" >1864</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37006" >1865</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42042" >1866</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44009" >1867</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">off</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5052" >1867</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44008" >1868</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5052" >1868</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44008" >1869</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">only</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4067" >1869</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4075" >1870</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4082" >1871</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4090" >1872</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4105" >1873</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5050" >1874</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37001" >1875</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42023" >1876</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44012" >1877</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44018" >1878</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4069" >1870</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4077" >1871</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4084" >1872</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4092" >1873</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4107" >1874</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5050" >1875</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37001" >1876</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42023" >1877</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44012" >1878</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44018" >1879</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">section</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">chapter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14038" >1879</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14038" >1880</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7027" >1880</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7027" >1881</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7016" >1881</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7016" >1882</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">ignore</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7018" >1882</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42021" >1883</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7018" >1883</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42021" >1884</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">warn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42022" >1884</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42022" >1885</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4195" >1885</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4218" >1886</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4197" >1886</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4220" >1887</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">abbr</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4201" >1887</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22002" >1888</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4203" >1888</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22002" >1889</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22001" >1889</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22005" >1890</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22001" >1890</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22005" >1891</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4200" >1891</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4214" >1892</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4202" >1892</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4216" >1893</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">ac</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4198" >1893</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4199" >1894</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4213" >1895</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22003" >1896</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22006" >1897</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30011" >1898</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4200" >1894</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4201" >1895</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4215" >1896</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22003" >1897</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22006" >1898</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30011" >1899</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">acro</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4197" >1899</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30014" >1900</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4199" >1900</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30014" >1901</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">acronyms</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4196" >1901</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30013" >1902</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4198" >1902</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30013" >1903</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">all</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4211" >1903</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30012" >1904</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4213" >1904</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30012" >1905</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4217" >1905</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4219" >1906</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">none</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4216" >1906</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4218" >1907</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">other</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4202" >1907</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4215" >1908</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4204" >1908</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4217" >1909</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4212" >1909</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4214" >1910</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">none</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4091" >1910</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43001" >1911</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4093" >1911</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43001" >1912</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4044" >1912</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14004" >1913</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15002" >1914</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18003" >1915</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18005" >1916</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4044" >1913</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14004" >1914</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15002" >1915</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18003" >1916</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18005" >1917</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">all</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4047" >1917</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4047" >1918</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">default</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4046" >1918</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4046" >1919</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >1919</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43008" >1920</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >1920</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43008" >1921</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbols</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4190" >1921</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4207" >1922</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28014" >1923</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4192" >1922</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4209" >1923</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28014" >1924</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">toc</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3002" >1924</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3002" >1925</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3001" >1925</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3001" >1926</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">translate</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">babel</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3011" >1926</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3011" >1927</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3013" >1927</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3013" >1928</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4048" >1928</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5012" >1929</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4048" >1929</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5012" >1930</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">error</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4049" >1930</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4076" >1931</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4049" >1931</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4078" >1932</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">warn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4050" >1932</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4079" >1933</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4166" >1934</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34033" >1935</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41006" >1936</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41017" >1937</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4050" >1933</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4054" >1934</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4081" >1935</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4168" >1936</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10002" >1937</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34033" >1938</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41006" >1939</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41017" >1940</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7046" >1938</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7046" >1941</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">page </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4122" >1939</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4135" >1940</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30031" >1941</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30043" >1942</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4124" >1942</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4137" >1943</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30031" >1944</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30043" >1945</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">polyglossia </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41068" >1943</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49005" >1944</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41068" >1946</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49005" >1947</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\pretoglossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1945</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1948</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printabbreviations</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4178" ><span -class="cmti-10">1946</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4180" ><span +class="cmti-10">1949</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>options<br /></span> @@ -25589,224 +25632,224 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18015" >1947</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18015" >1950</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5020" >1948</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5020" >1951</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">target</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5018" >1949</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40009" >1950</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5018" >1952</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40009" >1953</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5019" >1951</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5019" >1954</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">title</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49006" >1952</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49006" >1955</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42025" >1953</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42025" >1956</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1954</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1957</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1955</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1958</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1956</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1959</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1957</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1960</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1958</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1961</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1959</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1962</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1960</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1963</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42039" ><span -class="cmti-10">1961</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1964</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1962</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1965</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1963</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1966</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">R</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">relsizes </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23048" >1964</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23048" >1967</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13045" ><span -class="cmti-10">1965</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1968</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1966</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1969</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1967</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1970</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1968</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1971</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1969</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1972</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGlsformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1970</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1973</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rglsformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1971</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1974</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1972</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1975</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1973</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1976</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1974</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1977</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSplformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1975</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1978</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGlsplformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1976</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1979</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rglsplformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1977</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1980</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">S</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1978</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1981</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">slantsc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27021" >1979</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27021" >1982</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">soul </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6023" >1980</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" >1981</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6023" >1983</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10006" >1984</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">style </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14005" >1982</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14005" >1985</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43019" >1983</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43019" >1986</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">T</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">textcase </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >1984</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >1987</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1985</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36005" >1986</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37060" >1987</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37061" >1988</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37062" >1989</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37063" >1990</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37065" >1991</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41064" >1992</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41066" >1993</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49009" >1994</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1988</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36005" >1989</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37060" >1990</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37061" >1991</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37062" >1992</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37063" >1993</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37065" >1994</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41064" >1995</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41066" >1996</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49009" >1997</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">translator </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >1995</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >1998</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">U</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">upgreek </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37059" >1996</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37130" >1997</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37136" >1998</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37141" >1999</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37059" >1999</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37130" >2000</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37136" >2001</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37141" >2002</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">W</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">wrglossary </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4117" >2000</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4127" >2001</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4128" >2002</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4132" >2003</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4140" >2004</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4119" >2003</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4129" >2004</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4130" >2005</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4134" >2006</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4142" >2007</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">X</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xfor </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >2005</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41058" >2006</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41060" >2007</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >2008</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41058" >2009</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41060" >2010</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18061" ><span -class="cmti-10">2008</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">2011</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18065" ><span -class="cmti-10">2009</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">2012</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41024" ><span -class="cmti-10">2010</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">2013</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >2011</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4013" >2012</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4095" >2013</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4099" >2014</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4114" >2015</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4131" >2016</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4133" >2017</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4164" >2018</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4170" >2019</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34021" >2020</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37008" >2021</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50003" >2022</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50028" >2023</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50032" >2024</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >2014</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4013" >2015</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4097" >2016</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4101" >2017</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4116" >2018</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4133" >2019</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4135" >2020</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4166" >2021</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4172" >2022</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34021" >2023</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37008" >2024</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50003" >2025</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50028" >2026</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50032" >2027</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50038" ><span -class="cmbx-10">2025</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">2028</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6044" >2026</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6044" >2029</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xkeyval </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >2027</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >2030</a> <br /></span> </p></div> <a id="dx1-51001"></a><div class="footnotes"><!--l. 312--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a @@ -25816,7 +25859,7 @@ class="cmss-8">glossaries </span><span class="cmr-8">to incorporate new features, but</span> <span class="cmr-8">a few new minor features slipped in with some bug fixes in v4.21.</span></p> -<!--l. 1226--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 1229--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">The </span><span class="cmss-8">descriptionplural</span><a @@ -25837,7 +25880,7 @@ class="cmr-8">field and the short form was stored in the </span><span class="cmss-8">symbol</span><a id="dx1-5044"></a> <span class="cmr-8">field.</span></p> -<!--l. 4114--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 4132--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x3-bk" id="fn1x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">For compatibility with earlier versions, </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsabbrvscfont </span><span @@ -25852,12 +25895,12 @@ class="cmtt-8">\glsxtrscfont </span><span class="cmr-8">is now deprecated. Likewise for similar</span> <span class="cmr-8">commands.</span></p> -<!--l. 7534--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 7552--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Version 1.11 only allowed one use of </span><span class="cmtt-8">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span><span class="cmr-8">per document.</span></p> -<!--l. 7554--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 7572--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x9-bk" id="fn2x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">v1.08 assumed </span>⟨<span class="cmti-8">filename</span>⟩<span @@ -25872,7 +25915,7 @@ class="cmtt-8">.glstex </span><span class="cmr-8">extension was enforced by version</span> <span class="cmr-8">1.11.</span></p> -<!--l. 9139--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 9157--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Pre version 1.28 used </span><span class="cmtt-8">\csedef</span><span diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf Binary files differindex 526df134bf3..69368fbce74 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex index 0938849b99d..93908891dfa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex @@ -226,13 +226,13 @@ styles (glossaries):>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}} \DeleteShortVerb{\|} \MakeShortVerb{"} - \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.32: + \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.33: an extension to the glossaries package} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] Dickimaw Books\\ \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} - \date{2018-05-24} + \date{2018-07-26} \maketitle \begin{abstract} @@ -656,6 +656,9 @@ over a glossary list. This includes \ics{forglsentries} and \ics{glsaddall}. \end{important} +Note that \ics{ifglsused} will just display ?? with +\pkgopt[warn]{undefaction} if the entry hasn't been defined. + \item[{\pkgoptdef{indexcrossrefs}}] This is a boolean option. If \pkgoptfmt{true}, this will automatically index any cross-referenced entries that haven't been marked as used at @@ -2077,9 +2080,24 @@ other categories will be unchanged. Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is described in \sectionref{sec:entrycount}. -\section{Unsetting the First Use Flag} +\section{First Use Flag} \label{sec:glsunset} +The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides +\begin{definition} +\ics{ifglsused}\marg{label}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +to determine whether or not an entry has been used. This requires +the entry to have been defined. To allow for +\pkgopt[warn]{undefaction} (which is automatically switched on with +the \pkgopt{record} option), the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package +redefines this command to allow for this setting. In the event that +this setting is on and \meta{label} is undefined, then neither +\meta{true} nor \meta{false} is done and ?? is displayed in the text +(with a warning in the transcript). This has the knock-on effect of +providing a more understandable error message with the default setting +if the entry is undefined. + There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslocalreseteach] \cs{glslocalreseteach}\marg{list} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf Binary files differindex 5ed1203bba3..486c09c0237 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf Binary files differindex 802042de613..33dec680b87 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf Binary files differindex dbebc5fc5e4..45e329a3e93 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf Binary files differindex 8a52d48a606..d44996392f8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf Binary files differindex c235c3afdd3..a0c67f569cb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf Binary files differindex ddfb9f4067b..74f27dd9294 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf Binary files differindex 77f57c9ca04..45c4c2b0b0f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf Binary files differindex 3fe84e8b6ef..984198a03dd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf Binary files differindex 8ed919ef6ec..002f20ec97f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf Binary files differindex 0482843da6b..c126d35b31d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex 24a3fd9b489..530fee7d584 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf Binary files differindex 8ed62351544..c84e03b90a8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf Binary files differindex 3a4c26c29c5..0a458ef07ba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf Binary files differindex c64eb3024d0..05d3f3901e9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf Binary files differindex a7502ed1d2b..ad0d9b517c0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf Binary files differindex ab3507e5fe5..837e4674ac5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf Binary files differindex 2e833f53acc..2451c1e8664 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf Binary files differindex 364e0dde5b5..112497c4d04 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf Binary files differindex 6ba2eeeafef..d50e1314c50 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf Binary files differindex 04e73c80f66..7a9db619ba4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf Binary files differindex dd2e74751b9..ed2e48dc940 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf Binary files differindex 40556a9e9e3..34df3e00605 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf Binary files differindex e5661ee7528..6bed03d06cb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf Binary files differindex c1264ad1716..5ac3b969bdd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf Binary files differindex 7c83bc10c55..c55c1b85fa1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf Binary files differindex 4d2df4e8fff..aa223d3eed2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf Binary files differindex 4df665c9df6..f479f0ead59 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf Binary files differindex 448e97d9faf..264d54b6771 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf Binary files differindex 493a1117efe..5f915b42718 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf Binary files differindex 72591cc22bf..79e7af6aecb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf Binary files differindex 8192ceb64b9..dae813f7dca 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf Binary files differindex 50967ea68a8..39cc0e802ef 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf Binary files differindex 042e001fe2c..8b88ddb1b83 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf Binary files differindex 2404d7c2a03..2b841459379 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf Binary files differindex c7af2678f01..e76f26b6700 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf Binary files differindex ea7015fd84e..979881f7943 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf Binary files differindex 476edde142e..830bd44cc1a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf Binary files differindex d8505d4698f..3d9be63d48f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.tex index 81606978af8..9baffc95806 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.tex @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ %} \gls{dolor}, \gls{amet}. +Check first use flag: \ifglsused{amet}{used}{not used}. See \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls} for converting \texttt{.bib} to \texttt{.glstex} files. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf Binary files differindex 2434f15d4a4..dea425bd1ab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex d1967b00066..07b07f1af50 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex b6c1c217bab..95e7ad757b9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf Binary files differindex 347fca19f7d..dbe96d62d64 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf Binary files differindex b5932f74266..19b4da37afb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf Binary files differindex 7da428b6ec2..4bb0fa3406c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf Binary files differindex 5dec54fc1e3..83d58c14a29 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf Binary files differindex 4bc5d47a4f3..d8b28e0f5b9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf Binary files differindex 74ccf1d1afb..aecf3c24c78 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf |